1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
22 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
25 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
26 out locations for types and decls.
27 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
28 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
30 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
31 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
32 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
33 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
36 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
38 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
39 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
40 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
41 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
42 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
44 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
45 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
47 CIE = Common Information Entry
48 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
50 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
52 FDE = Frame Description Entry
53 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
54 how to restore registers
56 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
57 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
61 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
85 #include "diagnostic.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
94 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
97 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
98 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
99 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
100 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
102 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
106 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
107 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
108 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
109 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
110 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
113 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
117 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
119 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
120 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
121 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
122 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
123 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
125 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
126 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
127 && (flag_unwind_tables
128 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
133 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
135 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
138 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
139 must be kept around forever. */
140 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
142 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
143 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
144 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
146 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
148 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
149 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
150 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
151 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
152 define type declaration DIE's. */
153 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
155 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
156 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
157 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
158 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
159 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
160 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
161 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
162 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
163 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
164 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
165 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
166 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
168 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
169 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
170 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
173 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
174 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
175 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
177 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
178 Information instructions. The register number, offset
179 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
180 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
182 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
184 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
190 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
192 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
193 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
194 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
195 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
199 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
201 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
202 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
203 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
205 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
210 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
211 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
212 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
213 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
214 of this structure. */
215 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
217 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
218 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
220 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
223 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
224 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
225 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
226 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
227 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
229 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
232 const char *dw_fde_begin;
233 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
234 const char *dw_fde_end;
235 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
236 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
237 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
238 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
239 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
240 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
241 unsigned funcdef_number;
242 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
243 unsigned nothrow : 1;
244 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
248 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
249 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
251 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
252 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
253 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
254 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
256 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
257 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
260 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
261 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
262 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
265 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
266 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
269 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
270 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
271 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
274 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
275 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
277 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
278 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
281 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
283 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
284 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
285 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
287 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
288 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
289 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
290 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
292 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
296 /* CIE identifier. */
297 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
298 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
299 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
301 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
329 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
342 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
344 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
346 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
347 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
348 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
349 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
350 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
351 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
352 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
353 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
354 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
355 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
357 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
358 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
359 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
360 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
361 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
362 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
363 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
365 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
366 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
367 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
368 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
369 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
370 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
371 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
373 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
374 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
375 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
378 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
379 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
380 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
382 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
383 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
386 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
387 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
390 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
391 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
394 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
395 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
397 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
398 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
399 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
400 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
401 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
402 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
403 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
404 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
405 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
406 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
408 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
409 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
411 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
413 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
415 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
419 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
420 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
421 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
422 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
425 /* Hook used by __throw. */
428 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
430 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
431 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
434 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
435 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
438 stripattributes (const char *s)
440 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
445 while (*s && *s != ',')
452 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
453 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
456 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
458 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
459 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
460 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
463 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
466 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
469 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
470 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
471 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
472 bool wrote_return_column = false;
474 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
476 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
478 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
480 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
481 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
484 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
485 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
486 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
488 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
490 wrote_return_column = true;
492 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
496 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
497 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
501 if (!wrote_return_column)
502 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
504 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
505 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
508 targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address);
511 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
514 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
518 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
519 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
521 return "DW_CFA_offset";
523 return "DW_CFA_restore";
527 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
528 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
529 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
530 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
531 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
532 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
533 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
534 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
535 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
536 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
537 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
538 case DW_CFA_undefined:
539 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
540 case DW_CFA_same_value:
541 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
542 case DW_CFA_register:
543 return "DW_CFA_register";
544 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
545 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
546 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
547 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
549 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
553 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
558 case DW_CFA_expression:
559 return "DW_CFA_expression";
560 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
561 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
562 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
563 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
564 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
565 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
567 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
568 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
569 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
572 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
573 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
574 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
575 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
576 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
577 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
580 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
584 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
586 static inline dw_cfi_ref
589 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
591 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
592 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
593 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
598 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
601 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
605 /* Find the end of the chain. */
606 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
612 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
615 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
617 static char label[20];
619 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
620 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
624 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
625 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
628 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
632 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
635 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
637 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
638 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
642 label = xstrdup (label);
644 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
646 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
647 set the location directly using set_loc. */
648 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
649 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
651 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
652 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
654 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
657 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
661 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
664 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
667 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
669 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
671 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
672 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
674 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
676 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
678 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
679 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
682 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
683 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
685 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
686 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
688 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
690 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
691 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
698 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
701 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
705 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
708 loc->base_offset = 0;
710 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
711 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
713 if (fde_table_in_use)
715 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
716 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
717 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
721 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
722 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
724 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
726 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
728 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
729 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
731 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
732 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
734 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
735 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
736 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
739 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
746 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
749 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
752 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
754 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
755 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
756 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
757 && (loc1->indirect == 0
758 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
761 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
762 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
765 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
768 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
773 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
774 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
776 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
777 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
779 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
780 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
785 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
787 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
788 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
791 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
792 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
794 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
795 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
799 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
800 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
804 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
805 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
806 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
809 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
810 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
811 offset has not changed. */
812 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
813 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
817 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
819 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
820 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
821 the specified offset. */
824 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
825 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
827 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
828 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
829 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
833 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
834 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
835 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
840 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
841 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
842 register-offset pair is available. */
843 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
845 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
846 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
847 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
850 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
853 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
854 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
855 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
856 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
859 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
861 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
863 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
865 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
868 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
870 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
872 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
874 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
876 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
877 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
878 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
880 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
882 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
885 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
887 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
889 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
891 else if (sreg == reg)
892 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
895 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
896 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
899 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
902 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
903 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
904 from the previous frame's window save area.
906 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
907 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
910 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
912 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
914 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
915 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
918 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
919 pushed onto the stack. */
922 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
926 if (size == old_args_size)
929 old_args_size = size;
932 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
933 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
934 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
937 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
938 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
941 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
943 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
946 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
947 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
950 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
952 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
955 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
956 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
959 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
961 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
964 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
965 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
966 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
969 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
971 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
972 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
974 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
977 /* RA is in a register. */
978 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
982 /* RA is on the stack. */
984 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
987 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
992 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
993 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
997 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
998 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
1008 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1009 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1010 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1011 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1012 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1019 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1020 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1024 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1027 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1028 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
1030 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1031 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1032 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1035 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1037 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1038 code = GET_CODE (src);
1039 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1040 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1041 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1044 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1048 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1050 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1051 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1052 code = GET_CODE (src);
1058 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1060 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1061 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1062 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1063 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1064 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1071 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1073 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1080 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1082 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1097 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1098 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1099 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1102 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1104 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1108 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1109 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1110 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1111 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1112 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1115 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1116 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1117 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1119 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1121 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1122 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1123 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1124 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1125 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1126 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1127 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1128 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1133 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1135 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1136 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1139 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1141 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1142 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1143 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1144 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1145 offset = -args_size;
1150 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1151 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1152 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1153 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1155 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1157 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1158 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1159 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1167 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1168 cfa.offset += offset;
1170 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1174 args_size += offset;
1178 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1179 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1180 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1181 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1186 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1187 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1188 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1190 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1192 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1194 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1198 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1200 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1201 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1206 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1207 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1208 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1209 more efficient data structure. */
1210 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1211 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1213 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1214 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1216 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1217 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1220 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1222 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1224 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1225 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1227 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1228 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1233 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1234 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1235 queued_reg_saves = q;
1239 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1240 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1242 last_reg_save_label = label;
1245 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1248 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1250 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1252 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1255 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1257 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1258 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1260 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1262 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1263 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1265 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1267 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1268 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1271 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1273 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1275 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1276 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1279 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1280 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1283 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1284 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1285 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1286 have a new location for? */
1289 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1291 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1293 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1296 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1298 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1299 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1300 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1307 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1310 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1313 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1315 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1316 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1318 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1320 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1321 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1323 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1324 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1326 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1327 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1328 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1331 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1334 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1336 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1338 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1340 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1341 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1344 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1345 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1346 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1347 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1353 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1354 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1355 value, not an offset. */
1356 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1358 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1359 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1360 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1361 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1363 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1364 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1365 users need not read the source code.
1367 The High-Level Picture
1369 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1370 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1371 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1372 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1373 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1375 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1376 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1377 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1378 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1379 saves. This also seems to work.
1381 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1382 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1383 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1384 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1385 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1386 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1387 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1388 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1389 value as in the caller.
1391 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1392 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1393 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1394 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1396 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1399 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1401 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1402 consists of a register and an offset.
1403 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1404 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1405 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1406 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1407 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1408 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1409 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1411 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1412 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1413 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1416 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1417 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1418 and cfa_temp.offset.
1420 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1423 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1424 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1425 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1429 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1430 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1433 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1434 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1435 cfa.offset unchanged
1436 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1437 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1440 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1441 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1442 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1443 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1444 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1445 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1448 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1449 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1450 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1453 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1454 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1456 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1457 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1458 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1461 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1462 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1464 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1465 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1468 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1469 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1470 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1473 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1474 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1475 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1478 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1482 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1483 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1484 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1487 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1488 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1489 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1491 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1494 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1495 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1496 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1498 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1501 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1504 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1505 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1508 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1509 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1510 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1513 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1514 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1515 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1516 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1519 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1520 effects: target-dependent */
1523 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1526 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1528 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1529 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1530 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1531 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1532 flag is set in them. */
1533 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1536 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1539 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
1540 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
1541 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
1542 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
1543 handle register saves before register assignments. */
1544 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
1545 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1547 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1548 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
1549 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
1550 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
1551 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
1554 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1556 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1557 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
1558 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1559 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
1560 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
1565 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1567 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1568 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1572 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1577 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1580 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1582 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1584 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1587 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1588 relative to the current CFA register.
1590 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1591 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1592 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1593 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1594 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1595 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1596 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1600 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1601 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1602 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1603 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1604 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1605 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1612 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1616 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1619 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1622 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1624 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1630 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1632 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1633 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1634 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1636 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1637 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1640 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1642 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1644 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1645 cfa.offset += offset;
1646 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1647 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1649 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1652 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1653 or adjusting the FP */
1654 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1656 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1657 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1658 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1659 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1660 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1662 cfa.offset += offset;
1663 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1667 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1670 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1671 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1672 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1674 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1675 into the FP later on. */
1676 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1677 cfa.offset += offset;
1678 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1679 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1680 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1681 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1685 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1686 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1687 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1689 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1690 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1691 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1692 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1693 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1697 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1698 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1700 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1701 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1710 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1711 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1716 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1717 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1718 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1720 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1721 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1722 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1725 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1726 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1733 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1734 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1735 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1742 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1746 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1748 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1750 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1755 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1756 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1758 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1760 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1761 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1763 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1764 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1765 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1767 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1773 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1774 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1777 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1778 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1780 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1781 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1782 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1784 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1788 /* With an offset. */
1795 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1796 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1797 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1798 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1801 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1803 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1804 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1807 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1808 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1814 /* Without an offset. */
1817 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1819 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1820 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1823 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1824 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1831 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1832 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1833 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1834 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1841 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1842 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1843 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1845 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1847 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1849 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1850 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1852 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1853 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1858 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1859 calculate the CFA. */
1860 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1864 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1866 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1867 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1869 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1874 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1875 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1883 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1884 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1885 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1887 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1888 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1891 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1896 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1900 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1901 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1903 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1906 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1908 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1911 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1913 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1915 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1916 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1918 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1922 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1923 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1925 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1927 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1928 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1932 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1933 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1935 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1937 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1939 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1944 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1945 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1946 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1948 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1949 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1954 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1955 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1957 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1958 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1959 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1960 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1961 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1962 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1965 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1966 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1967 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1968 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1969 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1970 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1971 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1972 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1973 case DW_CFA_register:
1974 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1976 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1977 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1978 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1979 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1981 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1982 case DW_CFA_expression:
1983 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1990 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1991 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1992 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1994 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1995 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1999 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2000 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2002 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2003 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2004 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
2006 case DW_CFA_register:
2007 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2010 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2014 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2016 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2017 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
2021 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
2025 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2026 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2030 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2036 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2038 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2040 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2042 flags = ((! flag_pic
2043 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2044 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2045 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2046 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2047 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2048 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2049 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2052 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2053 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
2057 if (eh_frame_section)
2058 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
2061 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2062 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2063 switch_to_section (data_section);
2064 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
2065 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2066 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2067 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2068 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2072 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2075 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2078 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2079 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2080 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2081 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2082 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
2083 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2085 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2086 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2087 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2088 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2090 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2092 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2093 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2094 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2098 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2099 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2101 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2103 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2105 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2106 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2107 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2110 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2111 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2112 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2115 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2116 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2117 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2118 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2121 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2122 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2123 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2124 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2127 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2128 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2129 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2130 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2133 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2134 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2135 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2136 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2139 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2140 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2141 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2142 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2143 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2146 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2147 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2148 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2149 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2150 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2153 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2154 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2155 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2156 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2157 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2158 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2161 case DW_CFA_register:
2162 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2163 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2164 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2165 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2168 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2169 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2170 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2173 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2174 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2177 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2180 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2181 case DW_CFA_expression:
2182 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2185 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2186 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2195 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2196 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2197 location of saved registers. */
2200 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2205 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2206 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2207 char augmentation[6];
2208 int augmentation_size;
2209 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2210 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2211 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2214 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2215 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2218 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2219 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2220 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2221 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2222 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2223 specialization doesn't. */
2224 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2225 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2227 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2228 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2229 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2230 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2231 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2232 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2234 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2235 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2236 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2237 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2240 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2242 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2243 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2244 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2245 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2246 any_eh_needed = true;
2247 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2248 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2249 any_eh_needed = true;
2251 if (! any_eh_needed)
2255 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2260 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2263 if (!debug_frame_section)
2264 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
2265 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
2266 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
2269 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2270 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2272 /* Output the CIE. */
2273 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2274 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2275 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2276 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2277 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2278 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2279 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2280 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2282 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2283 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2284 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2285 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
2286 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2288 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2290 augmentation[0] = 0;
2291 augmentation_size = 0;
2297 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2298 augmentation section.
2299 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2300 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2301 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2303 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2304 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2306 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2307 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2308 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2310 p = augmentation + 1;
2311 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2314 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2315 assemble_external_libcall (eh_personality_libfunc);
2317 if (any_lsda_needed)
2320 augmentation_size += 1;
2322 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2325 augmentation_size += 1;
2327 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2329 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2333 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2334 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2336 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2338 + 1 /* CIE version */
2339 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2340 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2341 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2343 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2344 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2345 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2347 augmentation_size += pad;
2349 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2350 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2351 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2355 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2356 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2357 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2358 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2360 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2361 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2362 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2364 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2366 if (augmentation[0])
2368 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2369 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2371 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2372 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2373 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2374 eh_personality_libfunc,
2378 if (any_lsda_needed)
2379 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2380 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2382 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2383 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2384 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2387 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2388 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2390 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2391 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2392 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2393 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2395 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2396 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2398 fde = &fde_table[i];
2400 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2401 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2402 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2403 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2404 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2407 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2408 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2409 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2410 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2411 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2412 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2413 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2414 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2416 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2419 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2421 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2422 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
2426 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2427 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2428 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2431 "FDE initial location");
2432 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2434 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2435 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2436 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2437 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2438 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2439 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2440 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2441 "FDE initial location");
2442 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2443 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2444 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2445 "FDE address range");
2446 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2447 "FDE initial location");
2448 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2449 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2450 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2451 "FDE address range");
2454 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2455 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2456 "FDE address range");
2460 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2461 "FDE initial location");
2462 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2464 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2465 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2466 "FDE initial location");
2467 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2468 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2469 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2470 "FDE address range");
2471 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2472 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2473 "FDE initial location");
2474 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2475 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2476 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2477 "FDE address range");
2480 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2481 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2482 "FDE address range");
2485 if (augmentation[0])
2487 if (any_lsda_needed)
2489 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2491 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2493 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2494 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2495 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2496 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2497 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2500 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2503 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2505 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2507 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2508 fde->funcdef_number);
2509 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2510 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2511 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2515 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2516 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2518 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2519 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2523 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2526 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2528 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2529 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2530 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2532 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2533 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2534 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2535 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2538 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2539 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2540 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2541 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2542 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2543 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2546 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2551 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2555 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2556 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2558 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2562 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2564 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2565 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2566 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2568 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2569 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2572 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2576 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2577 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2578 current_function_funcdef_no);
2579 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2580 current_function_funcdef_no);
2581 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2582 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2584 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2585 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2586 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2590 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2591 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2593 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2594 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2595 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2596 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2597 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2600 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2601 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2603 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2604 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2605 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2606 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2607 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
2608 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2609 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2610 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2611 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2612 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2613 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2614 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2615 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2616 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2617 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2618 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2620 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2622 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2623 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2624 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2626 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2630 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2631 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2635 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2636 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2639 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2641 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2643 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2644 current_function_funcdef_no);
2645 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2646 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2647 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2651 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2653 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2654 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2655 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2656 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2658 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2659 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2661 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2662 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2664 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2665 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2666 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2671 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2673 /* Output call frame information. */
2674 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
2675 output_call_frame_info (0);
2677 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2678 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2679 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2680 output_call_frame_info (1);
2685 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2686 for emitting location expressions. */
2688 /* Data about a single source file. */
2689 struct dwarf_file_data GTY(())
2691 const char * filename;
2695 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2696 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2697 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2700 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2701 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2702 typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref;
2703 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2704 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2706 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2707 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2708 implementation are listed below. */
2713 dw_val_class_offset,
2715 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2716 dw_val_class_range_list,
2718 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2719 dw_val_class_long_long,
2722 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2723 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2724 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2725 dw_val_class_lineptr,
2727 dw_val_class_macptr,
2731 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2732 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2734 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2741 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2743 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2745 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2751 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2752 represented internally. */
2754 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2756 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2757 union dw_val_struct_union
2759 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2760 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2761 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2762 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2763 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2764 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2765 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2766 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2767 struct dw_val_die_union
2771 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2772 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2773 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2774 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2775 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2776 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
2778 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2782 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2785 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2787 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2788 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2789 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2790 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2795 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2796 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2797 their entire life. */
2798 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2800 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2801 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2802 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2803 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2804 Only on head of list */
2805 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2806 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2809 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2811 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2812 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2813 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2814 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2815 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2816 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2817 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2818 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2820 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2823 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2828 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2829 return "DW_OP_addr";
2831 return "DW_OP_deref";
2833 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2835 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2837 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2839 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2841 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2843 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2845 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2847 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2849 return "DW_OP_constu";
2851 return "DW_OP_consts";
2855 return "DW_OP_drop";
2857 return "DW_OP_over";
2859 return "DW_OP_pick";
2861 return "DW_OP_swap";
2865 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2873 return "DW_OP_minus";
2885 return "DW_OP_plus";
2886 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2887 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2893 return "DW_OP_shra";
2911 return "DW_OP_skip";
2913 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2915 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2917 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2919 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2921 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2923 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2925 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2927 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2929 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2931 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2933 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2935 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2937 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2939 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2941 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2943 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2945 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2947 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2949 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2951 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2953 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2955 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2957 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2959 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2961 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2963 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2965 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2967 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2969 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2971 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2973 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2975 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2977 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2979 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2981 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2983 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2985 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2987 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2989 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2991 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2993 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2995 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2997 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2999 return "DW_OP_reg11";
3001 return "DW_OP_reg12";
3003 return "DW_OP_reg13";
3005 return "DW_OP_reg14";
3007 return "DW_OP_reg15";
3009 return "DW_OP_reg16";
3011 return "DW_OP_reg17";
3013 return "DW_OP_reg18";
3015 return "DW_OP_reg19";
3017 return "DW_OP_reg20";
3019 return "DW_OP_reg21";
3021 return "DW_OP_reg22";
3023 return "DW_OP_reg23";
3025 return "DW_OP_reg24";
3027 return "DW_OP_reg25";
3029 return "DW_OP_reg26";
3031 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3033 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3035 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3037 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3039 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3041 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3043 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3045 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3047 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3049 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3051 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3053 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3055 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3057 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3059 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3061 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3063 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3065 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3067 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3069 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3071 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3073 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3075 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3077 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3079 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3081 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3083 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3085 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3087 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3089 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3091 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3093 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3095 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3097 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3099 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3101 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3103 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3105 return "DW_OP_regx";
3107 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3109 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3111 return "DW_OP_piece";
3112 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3113 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3114 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3115 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3118 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3119 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3121 return "DW_OP_call2";
3123 return "DW_OP_call4";
3124 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3125 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3126 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3127 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3128 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit:
3129 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
3131 return "OP_<unknown>";
3135 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3136 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3137 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3139 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3140 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3141 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3143 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3145 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3146 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3147 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3148 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3149 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3154 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3157 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3159 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3161 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3162 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3168 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3170 static unsigned long
3171 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3173 unsigned long size = 1;
3175 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3178 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3179 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3198 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3201 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3206 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3207 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3245 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3248 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3251 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3254 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3255 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3258 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3260 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3261 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3270 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3271 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3280 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3282 static unsigned long
3283 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3288 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3289 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3290 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3292 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
3294 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3299 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3301 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
3302 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3308 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3311 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3313 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3314 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3316 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3318 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3320 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3324 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3328 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3332 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3333 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3340 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3341 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3343 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3356 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3357 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3358 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3359 only doing unwinding. */
3364 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3367 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3370 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3373 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3375 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3376 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3410 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3413 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3416 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3419 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3420 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3423 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3425 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3426 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3427 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3430 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3431 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3433 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3436 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3443 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3448 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3451 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3453 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3455 /* Output the opcode. */
3456 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3457 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3459 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3460 output_loc_operands (loc);
3464 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3465 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3468 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3470 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3473 /* Output the size of the block. */
3474 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3475 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3476 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3478 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3479 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3482 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3483 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3486 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3487 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
3489 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3491 offset += cfa->offset;
3495 if (cfa->base_offset)
3498 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3500 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3502 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3503 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3505 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3507 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3508 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3509 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3512 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
3513 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3520 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3522 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3523 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3524 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, offset, 0);
3526 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, offset);
3532 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3533 descriptor sequence. */
3536 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3538 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3540 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3544 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3546 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3582 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3585 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3619 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3620 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3623 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3624 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3629 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3630 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3633 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3634 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3638 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3640 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3641 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3643 /* .debug_str support. */
3644 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3646 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3647 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3648 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3649 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3650 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3651 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3652 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3653 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3654 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3655 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3656 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3657 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3658 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3659 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3660 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3661 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3663 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3665 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3671 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3672 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3673 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3674 dwarf2out_end_block,
3675 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3676 dwarf2out_source_line,
3677 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3678 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3679 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3680 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3681 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3682 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3683 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3684 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3685 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3686 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3687 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3688 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3689 something tries to reference them. */
3690 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3691 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3692 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3693 dwarf2out_var_location,
3694 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3695 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3699 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3700 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3701 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3703 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3704 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3705 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3706 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3708 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3709 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3711 typedef long int dw_offset;
3713 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3715 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3716 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3717 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3718 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3719 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3720 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref;
3722 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3723 line number associated with the label generated for that
3724 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3725 the line number entry. */
3727 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3729 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3730 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3734 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3736 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3738 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3739 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3740 unsigned long function;
3742 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3744 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3745 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3746 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3748 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3750 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3751 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3755 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
3756 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
3758 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3759 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3760 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3762 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3764 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3766 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
3767 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3768 dw_die_ref die_child;
3770 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3771 dw_offset die_offset;
3772 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3774 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3775 int die_perennial_p;
3776 unsigned int decl_id;
3780 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3781 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3782 c = die->die_child; \
3786 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3789 /* The pubname structure */
3791 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3798 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
3799 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
3801 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3803 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
3804 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
3808 struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct GTY(())
3814 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3815 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3819 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3823 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3824 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3825 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3828 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3829 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3831 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3832 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3833 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3834 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3835 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3836 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3838 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3839 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3840 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3841 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3842 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3843 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3844 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3845 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3846 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3847 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3849 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3850 language, and compiler version. */
3852 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3853 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3854 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3856 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3857 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3859 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3860 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3861 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3862 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3863 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3865 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3866 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3867 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3868 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3869 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3870 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3872 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3873 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3874 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3875 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3877 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3881 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3882 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3883 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3885 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3886 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3888 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3889 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3891 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3892 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3893 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3894 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3895 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3897 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3898 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3899 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3900 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3903 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3904 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3906 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3907 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3909 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3910 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
3912 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3913 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3914 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3916 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3917 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3919 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3920 const char * GTY (()) label;
3921 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3922 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3925 /* Variable location list. */
3926 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3928 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3930 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3931 it is marked through the chain. */
3932 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3934 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3935 unsigned int decl_id;
3937 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3940 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3941 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3943 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3944 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3945 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3946 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3947 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3949 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3950 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3952 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3953 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3955 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3956 abbrev_die_table. */
3957 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3959 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3960 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3961 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3962 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3964 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3965 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3967 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3968 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3970 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3971 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
3973 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3974 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3975 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3976 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3978 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3979 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3981 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3982 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3984 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3986 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3988 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3989 accessible names. */
3990 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
3992 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3993 accessible types. */
3994 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
3996 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3997 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3999 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
4000 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
4002 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
4003 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
4005 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4007 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4009 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
4010 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
4012 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
4013 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
4015 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
4016 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
4018 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
4019 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
4020 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label;
4022 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
4023 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated;
4025 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
4026 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use;
4028 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
4030 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
4032 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
4033 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
4035 /* Unique label counter. */
4036 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
4038 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4039 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
4040 static int current_function_has_inlines;
4042 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
4043 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
4046 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
4047 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
4049 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
4050 static GTY(()) int label_num;
4052 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4053 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
4055 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4057 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4058 within the current function. */
4059 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
4061 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4063 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
4064 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
4065 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
4066 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4067 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4068 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4069 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
4070 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
4071 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
4072 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
4073 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
4074 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4075 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
4076 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4077 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
4078 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4079 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
4080 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
4082 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
4083 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4084 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4085 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4086 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4087 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
4088 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
4089 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
4090 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4091 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
4092 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
4093 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
4094 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4095 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
4096 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
4097 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4099 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
4100 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
4101 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
4102 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4103 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4104 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4105 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4106 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4107 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4109 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
4110 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4111 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
4112 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
4113 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4114 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4115 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4116 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4117 static bool is_c_family (void);
4118 static bool is_cxx (void);
4119 static bool is_java (void);
4120 static bool is_fortran (void);
4121 static bool is_ada (void);
4122 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4123 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
4124 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4125 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
4126 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
4127 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4128 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4129 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4130 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4131 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4132 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4133 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
4134 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4135 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4136 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4137 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4138 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4139 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4140 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4141 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4142 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4143 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4144 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4145 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
4146 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4147 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4148 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4149 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4150 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4151 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4152 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4153 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4154 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4155 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4156 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4157 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4158 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4159 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4160 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4161 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4162 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4163 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4164 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4165 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4166 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4167 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4168 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4169 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4170 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4171 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4172 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4173 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4174 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4175 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4176 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4177 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4178 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4179 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4180 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
4181 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4182 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4183 static void output_aranges (void);
4184 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
4185 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4186 static unsigned int add_ranges_by_labels (const char *, const char *);
4187 static void output_ranges (void);
4188 static void output_line_info (void);
4189 static void output_file_names (void);
4190 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4191 static int is_base_type (tree);
4192 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4193 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4194 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4195 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4196 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4197 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4198 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
4199 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
4200 enum var_init_status);
4201 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
4202 enum var_init_status);
4203 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4204 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT,
4205 enum var_init_status);
4206 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4207 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode,
4208 enum var_init_status);
4209 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx,
4210 enum var_init_status);
4211 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status);
4212 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4213 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4214 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4215 static tree field_type (tree);
4216 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4217 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4218 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4219 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4220 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4222 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4223 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4224 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4225 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4226 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4227 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4228 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4229 enum dwarf_attribute);
4230 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4231 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4232 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4233 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4234 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4235 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4236 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4237 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4238 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4239 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4240 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4241 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4242 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4243 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4244 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4245 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4246 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4247 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4248 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4249 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4250 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4251 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4253 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4255 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4257 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4259 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4260 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4261 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4262 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4263 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4264 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4265 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4266 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4267 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4268 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4269 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4270 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4271 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4272 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4273 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4274 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4275 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4276 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
4277 enum debug_info_usage);
4278 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4279 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4280 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4281 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4282 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4283 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4284 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4285 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4286 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4287 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4288 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4289 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4290 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4291 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
4292 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4293 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4294 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4295 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4296 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4297 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4298 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4299 const char *, const char *,
4301 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4302 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4304 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4305 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4306 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4307 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4308 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4309 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4310 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
4312 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4313 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4314 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4316 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4317 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4319 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4320 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4322 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4323 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4325 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4326 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4328 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4329 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4331 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4332 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4334 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4335 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4337 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4338 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4341 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4342 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4343 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4346 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4347 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4348 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4349 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4352 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4353 the section names themselves. */
4355 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4356 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4358 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4359 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4361 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4362 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4364 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4365 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4367 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4368 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4370 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4371 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4373 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4374 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4376 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4377 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4380 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4381 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4382 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4383 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4384 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4386 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4387 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4388 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4389 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4390 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4391 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4392 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4393 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4394 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4395 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4397 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4398 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4400 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4401 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4403 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4404 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4406 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4407 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4409 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4410 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4412 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4413 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4416 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at
4419 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false;
4420 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false;
4422 /* The default cold text section. */
4423 static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section;
4425 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4426 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4428 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4431 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4433 demangle_name_func = func;
4436 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4439 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4441 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4442 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4443 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4446 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4450 type_main_variant (tree type)
4452 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4454 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4455 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4456 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4457 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4459 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4460 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4461 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4466 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4469 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4471 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4473 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4474 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4477 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4480 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4484 case DW_TAG_padding:
4485 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4486 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4487 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4488 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4489 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4490 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4491 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4492 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4493 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4494 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4495 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4496 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4497 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4499 return "DW_TAG_label";
4500 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4501 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4503 return "DW_TAG_member";
4504 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4505 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4506 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4507 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4508 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4509 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4510 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4511 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4512 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4513 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4514 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4515 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4516 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4517 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4518 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4519 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4520 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4521 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4522 case DW_TAG_variant:
4523 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4524 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4525 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4526 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4527 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4528 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4529 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4530 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4531 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4533 return "DW_TAG_module";
4534 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4535 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4536 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4537 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4538 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4539 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4540 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4541 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4542 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4543 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4544 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4545 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4546 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4547 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4548 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4549 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4550 case DW_TAG_constant:
4551 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4552 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4553 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4554 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4555 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4557 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4558 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4559 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4560 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4561 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4562 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4563 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4564 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4565 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4566 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4567 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4568 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4569 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4570 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4571 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4572 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4573 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4574 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4575 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4576 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4577 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4578 case DW_TAG_variable:
4579 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4580 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4581 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4582 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4583 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4584 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4585 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4586 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4587 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4588 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4589 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4590 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4591 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4592 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4593 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4594 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4595 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4597 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4601 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4604 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4609 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4610 case DW_AT_location:
4611 return "DW_AT_location";
4613 return "DW_AT_name";
4614 case DW_AT_ordering:
4615 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4616 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4617 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4618 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4619 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4620 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4621 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4622 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4623 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4624 case DW_AT_element_list:
4625 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4626 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4627 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4629 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4631 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4632 case DW_AT_language:
4633 return "DW_AT_language";
4635 return "DW_AT_member";
4637 return "DW_AT_discr";
4638 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4639 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4640 case DW_AT_visibility:
4641 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4643 return "DW_AT_import";
4644 case DW_AT_string_length:
4645 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4646 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4647 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4648 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4649 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4650 case DW_AT_const_value:
4651 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4652 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4653 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4654 case DW_AT_default_value:
4655 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4657 return "DW_AT_inline";
4658 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4659 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4660 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4661 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4662 case DW_AT_producer:
4663 return "DW_AT_producer";
4664 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4665 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4666 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4667 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4668 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4669 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4670 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4671 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4672 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4673 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4674 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4675 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4676 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4677 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4678 case DW_AT_address_class:
4679 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4680 case DW_AT_artificial:
4681 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4682 case DW_AT_base_types:
4683 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4684 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4685 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4687 return "DW_AT_count";
4688 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4689 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4690 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4691 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4692 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4693 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4694 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4695 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4696 case DW_AT_declaration:
4697 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4698 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4699 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4700 case DW_AT_encoding:
4701 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4702 case DW_AT_external:
4703 return "DW_AT_external";
4704 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4705 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4707 return "DW_AT_friend";
4708 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4709 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4710 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4711 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4712 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4713 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4714 case DW_AT_priority:
4715 return "DW_AT_priority";
4717 return "DW_AT_segment";
4718 case DW_AT_specification:
4719 return "DW_AT_specification";
4720 case DW_AT_static_link:
4721 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4723 return "DW_AT_type";
4724 case DW_AT_use_location:
4725 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4726 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4727 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4728 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4729 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4730 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4731 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4733 case DW_AT_allocated:
4734 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4735 case DW_AT_associated:
4736 return "DW_AT_associated";
4737 case DW_AT_data_location:
4738 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4740 return "DW_AT_stride";
4741 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4742 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4743 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4744 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4745 case DW_AT_extension:
4746 return "DW_AT_extension";
4748 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4749 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4750 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4751 case DW_AT_call_column:
4752 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4753 case DW_AT_call_file:
4754 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4755 case DW_AT_call_line:
4756 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4758 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4759 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4760 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4761 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4762 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4763 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4764 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4765 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4766 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4767 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4768 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4769 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4770 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4771 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4772 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4773 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4774 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4775 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4776 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4777 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4778 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4779 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4781 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4782 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4783 case DW_AT_src_info:
4784 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4785 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4786 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4787 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4788 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4789 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4790 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4791 case DW_AT_body_end:
4792 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4793 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4794 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4796 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4797 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4800 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4804 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4807 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4812 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4813 case DW_FORM_block2:
4814 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4815 case DW_FORM_block4:
4816 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4818 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4820 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4822 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4823 case DW_FORM_string:
4824 return "DW_FORM_string";
4826 return "DW_FORM_block";
4827 case DW_FORM_block1:
4828 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4830 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4832 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4834 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4836 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4838 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4839 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4840 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4842 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4844 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4846 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4848 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4849 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4850 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4851 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4852 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4854 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4858 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4859 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4860 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4861 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4865 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4867 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4870 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4871 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4872 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4873 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4876 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4877 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4878 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4880 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4883 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4884 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4885 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4886 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4890 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4892 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4894 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4895 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4896 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4897 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4900 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4905 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4909 ret_val = lookahead;
4910 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4911 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4913 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4915 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4916 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4917 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4918 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4919 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4920 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4921 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4922 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4928 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4929 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4933 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4935 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4937 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4938 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4940 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4941 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4943 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4944 context = NULL_TREE;
4949 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4952 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4954 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4958 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4959 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
4960 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
4963 static inline enum dw_val_class
4964 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4966 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4969 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4972 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4976 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4977 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4978 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4979 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4982 static inline unsigned
4983 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4985 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4986 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4989 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4992 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4996 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4997 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4998 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4999 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5002 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
5003 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
5005 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
5006 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
5009 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5012 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5013 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
5017 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5018 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
5019 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
5020 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5023 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
5024 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
5026 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
5027 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
5030 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
5033 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5034 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
5038 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5039 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
5040 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
5041 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
5042 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5045 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
5048 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5049 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
5053 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5054 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
5055 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
5056 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
5057 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
5058 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5061 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
5064 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
5066 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
5070 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
5072 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
5073 (const char *)x2) == 0;
5076 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5079 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
5082 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5085 if (! debug_str_hash)
5086 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
5087 debug_str_eq, NULL);
5089 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
5090 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
5093 node = (struct indirect_string_node *)
5094 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
5095 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
5099 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
5103 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5104 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
5105 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
5106 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5109 static inline const char *
5110 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
5112 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5113 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
5116 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5117 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5120 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
5122 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5126 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5128 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
5132 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
5134 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5135 always better to put it inline. */
5136 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
5137 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5139 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5140 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5142 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5143 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5144 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5146 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5147 ++dw2_string_counter;
5148 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5150 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5153 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5156 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5160 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5161 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5162 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5163 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5164 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5167 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5168 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5171 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5173 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5174 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5175 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5178 static inline dw_die_ref
5179 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5181 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5182 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5186 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5188 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5189 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5195 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5197 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5198 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5201 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5204 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5208 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5209 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5210 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5211 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5214 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5217 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5221 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5222 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5223 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5224 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5227 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5228 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5230 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5231 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5235 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5239 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5240 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5241 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5242 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5243 have_location_lists = true;
5246 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5247 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5249 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5250 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5253 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5256 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5260 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5261 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5262 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5263 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5266 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5269 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5271 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5272 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5275 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5278 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5279 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
5283 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5284 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
5285 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
5286 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5289 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5291 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5292 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
5294 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
5295 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
5298 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5301 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5305 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5306 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5307 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5308 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5311 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5312 debug_line section. */
5315 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5320 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5321 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
5322 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5323 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5326 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5327 debug_macinfo section. */
5330 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5335 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5336 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
5337 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5338 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5341 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5344 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5345 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5349 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5350 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5351 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5352 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5355 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5358 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5359 long unsigned int offset)
5363 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5364 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5365 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5366 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5369 static inline const char *
5370 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5372 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5373 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5374 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
5375 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5378 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5381 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5385 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5390 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5391 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5393 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5394 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5398 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5403 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5404 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5405 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5407 static inline const char *
5408 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5410 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5412 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5415 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5416 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5417 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5419 static inline const char *
5420 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5422 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5424 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5427 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5428 NULL if it is not present. */
5430 static inline const char *
5431 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5433 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5435 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5438 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5439 if it is not present. */
5442 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5444 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5446 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5449 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5450 if it is not present. */
5452 static inline unsigned
5453 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5455 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5457 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5460 static inline dw_die_ref
5461 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5463 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5465 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5468 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5469 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5471 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5473 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
5476 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5481 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5483 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
5484 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
5485 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
5488 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5493 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5495 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
5498 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5503 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5505 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5506 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5507 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5510 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5515 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5517 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5520 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5525 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5527 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5530 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5533 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5541 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5542 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5544 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5545 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5546 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5548 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5550 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
5555 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5556 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5559 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
5561 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
5562 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
5565 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
5569 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
5570 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
5571 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
5574 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5578 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5584 dw_die_ref prev = c;
5586 while (c->die_tag == tag)
5588 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
5589 /* Might have removed every child. */
5590 if (c == c->die_sib)
5594 } while (c != die->die_child);
5597 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5600 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5602 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5603 if (! die || ! child_die)
5605 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5607 child_die->die_parent = die;
5610 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
5611 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
5614 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
5615 die->die_child = child_die;
5618 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5619 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5620 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5623 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5627 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5628 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5629 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5631 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5637 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5638 || (child->die_parent
5639 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5641 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
5642 if (p->die_sib == child)
5644 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
5648 add_child_die (parent, child);
5651 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5653 static inline dw_die_ref
5654 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5656 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5658 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5660 if (parent_die != NULL)
5661 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5664 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5666 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5667 limbo_node->die = die;
5668 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5669 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5670 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5676 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5678 static inline dw_die_ref
5679 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5681 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5684 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5687 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5689 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5692 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5695 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5697 return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5700 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5703 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5705 return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5708 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5710 static inline dw_die_ref
5711 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5713 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5716 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5719 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5721 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5724 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5728 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5730 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y));
5733 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5735 static inline var_loc_list *
5736 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5738 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5741 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5744 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5746 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5749 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5751 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5754 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5757 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5759 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5763 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5766 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5767 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5775 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5776 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
5777 we have nothing to do. */
5778 if ((!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5779 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5780 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
5781 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note))
5782 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (temp->last->var_loc_note)
5783 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
5784 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc->var_loc_note)
5785 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED))))
5787 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5788 temp->last->next = loc;
5792 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5793 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5800 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5801 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5802 the DIE internal representation. */
5803 static int print_indent;
5805 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5808 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5810 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5813 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5814 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5817 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5823 print_spaces (outfile);
5824 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
5825 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5826 print_spaces (outfile);
5827 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5828 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
5830 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5832 print_spaces (outfile);
5833 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5835 switch (AT_class (a))
5837 case dw_val_class_addr:
5838 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5840 case dw_val_class_offset:
5841 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5843 case dw_val_class_loc:
5844 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5846 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5847 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5848 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5850 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5851 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5853 case dw_val_class_const:
5854 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5856 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5857 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5859 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5860 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5861 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5862 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5864 case dw_val_class_vec:
5865 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5867 case dw_val_class_flag:
5868 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5870 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5871 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5873 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5874 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5876 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5879 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5881 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5882 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5883 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5884 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5886 case dw_val_class_str:
5887 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5888 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5890 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5892 case dw_val_class_file:
5893 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
5894 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
5900 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5903 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5906 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
5909 if (print_indent == 0)
5910 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5913 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5914 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5917 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5920 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5922 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5923 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5925 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5926 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
5927 line_info->dw_file_num,
5928 line_info->dw_line_num);
5931 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5934 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5937 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5939 print_die (die, stderr);
5942 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5943 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5949 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5950 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5951 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5954 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5955 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5956 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5959 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5961 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5962 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5964 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5968 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5971 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5973 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5975 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5979 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5980 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5982 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5985 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5987 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5988 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5989 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5992 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5995 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5997 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6000 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
6002 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6003 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6004 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6007 switch (AT_class (at))
6009 case dw_val_class_const:
6010 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
6012 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6013 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
6015 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6016 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
6018 case dw_val_class_vec:
6019 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
6021 case dw_val_class_flag:
6022 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
6024 case dw_val_class_str:
6025 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
6028 case dw_val_class_addr:
6030 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
6031 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
6034 case dw_val_class_offset:
6035 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6038 case dw_val_class_loc:
6039 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
6040 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
6043 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6044 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
6047 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6048 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6049 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6050 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6053 case dw_val_class_file:
6054 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
6062 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6065 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
6071 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6074 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
6077 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6079 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
6081 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6082 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
6084 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
6088 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6090 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6092 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
6094 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
6095 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
6096 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
6099 /* Do the values look the same? */
6101 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
6103 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
6106 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
6109 switch (v1->val_class)
6111 case dw_val_class_const:
6112 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
6113 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6114 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
6115 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6116 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
6117 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
6118 case dw_val_class_vec:
6119 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6120 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6122 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6123 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6126 case dw_val_class_flag:
6127 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6128 case dw_val_class_str:
6129 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6131 case dw_val_class_addr:
6132 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6133 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6134 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6136 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6137 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6139 case dw_val_class_offset:
6140 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6142 case dw_val_class_loc:
6143 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6145 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6146 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6148 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6150 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6151 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6153 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6154 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6155 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6156 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6159 case dw_val_class_file:
6160 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
6167 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6170 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6172 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6175 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6176 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6177 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6180 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6183 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6186 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6192 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6194 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6195 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6197 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6200 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
6201 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
6204 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
6205 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
6208 c1 = die1->die_child;
6209 c2 = die2->die_child;
6218 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6222 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
6224 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
6234 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6237 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6240 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6242 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6243 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6248 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6250 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6252 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6253 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6255 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6256 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6259 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6261 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6262 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6263 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6266 unsigned char checksum[16];
6269 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6270 the name filename of the unit. */
6272 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6274 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6275 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6276 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6278 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6279 clean_symbol_name (name);
6281 p = name + strlen (name);
6282 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6284 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6288 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6289 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6292 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6295 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6297 switch (die->die_tag)
6299 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6300 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6301 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6302 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6303 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6304 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6305 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6306 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6307 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6308 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6309 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6310 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6311 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6312 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6313 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6314 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6315 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6316 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6323 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6324 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6325 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6326 compilations (functions). */
6329 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6331 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6332 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6333 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6334 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6336 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6339 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6340 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6341 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6342 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6344 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6346 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6349 return is_type_die (c);
6352 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6353 compilation unit. */
6356 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6358 return (is_type_die (c)
6359 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6360 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
6361 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
6365 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6369 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6370 return xstrdup (buf);
6373 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6376 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6380 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6382 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6384 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6386 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6387 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6388 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6391 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6394 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
6397 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6400 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6401 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6404 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6406 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6408 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6410 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6414 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6416 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6417 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6419 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6423 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6425 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6435 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6438 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6440 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6441 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6443 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6445 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6446 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6450 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6452 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6458 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6462 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6464 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6465 entry->next = *slot;
6471 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6473 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6475 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6477 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6478 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6482 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6485 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6486 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6487 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6490 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6493 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6494 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6495 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6499 dw_die_ref prev = c;
6501 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6502 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6504 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
6506 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6507 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
6509 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6510 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6511 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6512 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6514 add_child_die (unit, c);
6516 if (c == die->die_child)
6519 } while (c != die->die_child);
6522 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6523 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6527 assign_symbol_names (die);
6528 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6529 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6535 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6536 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6537 &comdat_symbol_number);
6538 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6540 *pnode = node->next;
6543 pnode = &node->next;
6544 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6545 comdat_symbol_number);
6548 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6551 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6552 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6553 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6556 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6560 if (! die->die_child)
6563 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
6564 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6566 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
6569 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6572 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6578 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6579 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6580 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
6582 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
6585 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6586 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6587 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6588 die are visited recursively. */
6591 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6593 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6594 unsigned int n_alloc;
6599 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6600 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6601 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6602 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6603 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
6605 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
6607 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
6610 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6612 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6613 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
6617 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
6619 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
6622 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
6623 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
6626 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
6628 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
6629 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
6630 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
6640 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6642 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6644 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6645 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6646 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6648 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6649 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6650 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6653 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6654 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6657 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6658 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
6661 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6664 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6671 log = floor_log2 (value);
6674 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6679 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6680 .debug_info section. */
6682 static unsigned long
6683 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6685 unsigned long size = 0;
6689 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6690 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6692 switch (AT_class (a))
6694 case dw_val_class_addr:
6695 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6697 case dw_val_class_offset:
6698 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6700 case dw_val_class_loc:
6702 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6705 size += constant_size (lsize);
6709 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6710 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6712 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6713 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6715 case dw_val_class_const:
6716 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6718 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6719 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6721 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6722 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6724 case dw_val_class_vec:
6725 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6726 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6728 case dw_val_class_flag:
6731 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6732 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6733 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6735 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6737 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6738 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6740 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6741 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6743 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6744 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6745 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6747 case dw_val_class_str:
6748 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6749 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6751 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6753 case dw_val_class_file:
6754 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
6764 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6765 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6766 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6767 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6770 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6774 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6775 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6777 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
6779 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6780 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6781 next_die_offset += 1;
6784 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6785 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6786 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6787 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6790 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6794 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6797 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
6800 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6803 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6807 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6810 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
6813 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6816 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6826 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
6828 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6829 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6830 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6833 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
6834 generated for the compilation unit. */
6836 static unsigned long
6837 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
6843 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6844 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
6845 if (names != pubtype_table
6846 || p->die->die_offset != 0
6847 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
6848 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
6850 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6854 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6856 static unsigned long
6857 size_of_aranges (void)
6861 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6863 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6864 if (text_section_used)
6865 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6866 if (cold_text_section_used)
6867 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6868 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6870 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6871 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6875 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6877 static enum dwarf_form
6878 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6880 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6882 case dw_val_class_addr:
6883 return DW_FORM_addr;
6884 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6885 case dw_val_class_offset:
6886 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6887 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6890 return DW_FORM_data4;
6892 return DW_FORM_data8;
6896 case dw_val_class_loc:
6897 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6900 return DW_FORM_block1;
6902 return DW_FORM_block2;
6906 case dw_val_class_const:
6907 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6908 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6909 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6912 return DW_FORM_data1;
6914 return DW_FORM_data2;
6916 return DW_FORM_data4;
6918 return DW_FORM_data8;
6922 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6923 return DW_FORM_block1;
6924 case dw_val_class_vec:
6925 return DW_FORM_block1;
6926 case dw_val_class_flag:
6927 return DW_FORM_flag;
6928 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6929 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6930 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6933 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6934 return DW_FORM_data;
6935 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6936 return DW_FORM_addr;
6937 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6938 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6939 return DW_FORM_data;
6940 case dw_val_class_str:
6941 return AT_string_form (a);
6942 case dw_val_class_file:
6943 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
6946 return DW_FORM_data1;
6948 return DW_FORM_data2;
6950 return DW_FORM_data4;
6960 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6963 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6965 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6967 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6970 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6974 output_abbrev_section (void)
6976 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6978 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6980 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6984 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6985 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6986 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6988 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6991 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6993 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
6996 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6997 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6998 output_value_format (a_attr);
7001 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
7002 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
7005 /* Terminate the table. */
7006 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
7009 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
7012 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
7014 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
7019 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
7020 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
7021 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
7023 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
7025 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
7028 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
7029 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
7030 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
7032 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7033 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
7034 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
7036 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
7038 retlist->begin = begin;
7040 retlist->expr = expr;
7041 retlist->section = section;
7043 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
7048 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
7051 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
7052 const char *begin, const char *end,
7053 const char *section)
7057 /* Find the end of the chain. */
7058 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
7061 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
7062 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
7065 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
7068 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
7070 section *sec = current_function_section ();
7071 if (sec == text_section)
7072 text_section_used = true;
7073 else if (sec == cold_text_section)
7074 cold_text_section_used = true;
7078 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
7084 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
7085 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
7086 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
7087 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
7088 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
7089 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
7090 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
7092 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
7093 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
7094 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
7096 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
7099 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7102 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
7104 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
7106 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
7108 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7109 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
7112 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
7113 if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0)
7115 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7117 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
7118 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7119 list_head->ll_symbol);
7120 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
7121 "Location list end address (%s)",
7122 list_head->ll_symbol);
7126 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
7127 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7128 list_head->ll_symbol);
7129 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
7130 "Location list end address (%s)",
7131 list_head->ll_symbol);
7133 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
7135 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7136 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
7137 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
7139 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
7142 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7143 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7144 list_head->ll_symbol);
7145 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7146 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7147 list_head->ll_symbol);
7150 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7151 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7154 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
7161 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7162 them to point to. */
7163 if (die->die_symbol)
7164 output_die_symbol (die);
7166 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7167 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
7168 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7170 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7172 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
7174 switch (AT_class (a))
7176 case dw_val_class_addr:
7177 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
7180 case dw_val_class_offset:
7181 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7185 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7187 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7189 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7190 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7191 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7192 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
7197 case dw_val_class_loc:
7198 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7200 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7201 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7203 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7206 case dw_val_class_const:
7207 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7208 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7209 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7210 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7213 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7214 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7215 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7218 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7220 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7222 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7223 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7226 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7228 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7229 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7233 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7234 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7237 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7238 first, "long long constant");
7239 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7244 case dw_val_class_vec:
7246 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7247 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7251 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7252 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7257 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7260 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7261 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7265 case dw_val_class_flag:
7266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7269 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7271 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7274 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
7279 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7280 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7282 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7285 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, debug_info_section,
7290 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7291 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7296 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7300 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7301 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7302 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
7307 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7308 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7311 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7312 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7313 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
7316 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7317 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7318 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
7321 case dw_val_class_str:
7322 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7323 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7324 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7326 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7328 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7331 case dw_val_class_file:
7333 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
7335 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
7336 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
7345 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
7347 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7348 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7349 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7350 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
7353 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7354 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7357 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7359 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7360 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7361 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7362 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7363 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7364 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7365 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7366 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7367 debug_abbrev_section,
7368 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7369 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7372 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7375 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7377 const char *secname;
7380 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7381 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7384 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7385 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7386 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7387 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7388 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7391 build_abbrev_table (die);
7393 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7394 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7395 calc_die_sizes (die);
7397 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7400 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7402 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7404 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7405 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7408 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7410 /* Output debugging information. */
7411 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7414 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7419 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7423 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
7426 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7428 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7431 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7434 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7438 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7442 e.name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7443 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
7446 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
7449 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7454 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
7455 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
7456 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
7461 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
7463 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
7464 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
7465 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
7466 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
7467 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
7469 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
7473 e.name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7475 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
7477 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
7478 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
7482 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7483 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
7486 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
7489 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
7492 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7493 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7494 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7495 if (names == pubname_table)
7496 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7497 "Length of Public Names Info");
7499 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7500 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
7501 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7502 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7504 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7505 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7506 "Compilation Unit Length");
7508 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
7510 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7511 if (names == pubname_table)
7512 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7514 if (names != pubtype_table
7515 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
7516 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
7518 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7521 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7525 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7528 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7531 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7533 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7536 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7538 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7539 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7540 (arange_table_allocated
7541 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7542 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7543 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7546 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7549 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7550 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7551 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7554 output_aranges (void)
7557 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7559 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7560 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7561 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7562 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7563 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7564 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7565 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7567 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7568 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7569 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7571 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7572 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7574 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7576 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7577 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7578 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7579 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7582 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
7583 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
7584 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
7585 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
7586 confused with the terminator. */
7587 if (text_section_used)
7589 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7590 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7591 text_section_label, "Length");
7593 if (cold_text_section_used)
7595 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7597 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7598 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7601 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7603 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7605 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7606 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7608 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7610 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7612 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7613 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7617 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7618 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7619 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7620 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7621 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7623 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7626 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7628 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7629 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7630 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7631 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7636 /* Output the terminator words. */
7637 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7638 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7641 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7645 add_ranges_num (int num)
7647 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7649 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7651 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7653 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7654 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7655 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7656 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7659 ranges_table[in_use].num = num;
7660 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7662 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7665 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
7666 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
7669 add_ranges (tree block)
7671 return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7674 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
7678 add_ranges_by_labels (const char *begin, const char *end)
7680 unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use;
7682 if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated)
7684 ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7686 = ggc_realloc (ranges_by_label,
7687 (ranges_by_label_allocated
7688 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct)));
7689 memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0,
7690 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
7691 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct));
7694 ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin;
7695 ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end;
7696 ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1;
7698 return add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1);
7702 output_ranges (void)
7705 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7706 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7708 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7710 int block_num = ranges_table[i].num;
7714 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7715 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7717 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7718 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7720 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7721 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7722 base of the text section. */
7723 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7725 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7727 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7728 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7729 text_section_label, NULL);
7732 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
7733 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
7734 about whether the target supports cross-section
7738 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7739 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7740 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7746 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
7747 else if (block_num < 0)
7749 int lab_idx = - block_num - 1;
7751 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7755 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
7756 function section, all we have to do is to take out
7758 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7759 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
7761 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7762 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7763 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
7764 text_section_label, NULL);
7769 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7770 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin,
7771 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7772 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7773 ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end,
7779 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7780 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7786 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7789 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7790 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
7791 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7792 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7793 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7796 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7800 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7801 int length; /* Path length. */
7802 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7803 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7804 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7807 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7808 the directories in the path. */
7811 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7813 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7814 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7815 const unsigned char *cp1;
7816 const unsigned char *cp2;
7818 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7819 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7820 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7821 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7822 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7823 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7824 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7826 cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path;
7827 cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path;
7833 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7834 if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7835 || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7836 return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7837 - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7839 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7840 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7845 struct file_name_acquire_data
7847 struct file_info *files;
7852 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
7855 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
7857 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = data;
7858 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
7859 struct file_info *fi;
7862 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
7864 if (! d->emitted_number)
7867 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
7869 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
7871 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7873 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
7876 /* Create a new array entry. */
7878 fi->length = strlen (f);
7881 /* Search for the file name part. */
7882 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
7883 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
7885 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
7889 if (f == NULL || f < g)
7895 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
7899 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7900 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7901 slowdowns with many input files. */
7904 output_file_names (void)
7906 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
7908 struct file_info *files;
7909 struct dir_info *dirs;
7918 if (!last_emitted_file)
7920 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7921 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7925 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
7927 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7928 files = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct file_info));
7929 dirs = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7932 fnad.used_files = 0;
7933 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
7934 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
7935 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
7937 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7939 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7940 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
7941 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
7942 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7944 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7945 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
7948 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
7949 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7950 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7951 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7953 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7954 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7955 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7961 /* This is a new directory. */
7962 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7963 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7964 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7965 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7966 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7968 /* Search for a prefix. */
7969 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7970 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7971 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7972 && dirs[j].length > 1
7973 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7974 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7975 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7976 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7981 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7982 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7983 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7984 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7985 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7986 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7987 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7988 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7990 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7991 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7996 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7997 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7998 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7999 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
8001 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
8004 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
8006 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
8011 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
8016 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
8017 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
8019 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
8020 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
8025 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
8027 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
8029 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
8030 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
8031 if (savehere[j] > 0)
8033 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
8034 saved[j] = savehere[j];
8036 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
8037 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
8042 /* Emit the directory name table. */
8044 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
8045 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
8046 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
8047 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
8049 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
8051 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
8052 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
8053 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
8054 backmap = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (int));
8055 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
8056 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
8058 /* Now write all the file names. */
8059 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
8061 int file_idx = backmap[i];
8062 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
8064 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
8065 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
8067 /* Include directory index. */
8068 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
8070 /* Modification time. */
8071 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
8073 /* File length in bytes. */
8074 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
8077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
8081 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
8082 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
8085 output_line_info (void)
8087 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
8088 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8089 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
8092 unsigned long lt_index;
8093 unsigned long current_line;
8096 unsigned long current_file;
8097 unsigned long function;
8099 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
8100 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
8101 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
8102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
8104 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
8105 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
8106 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
8107 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
8108 "Length of Source Line Info");
8109 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
8111 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
8112 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
8113 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
8115 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
8116 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
8117 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
8118 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
8119 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
8120 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
8121 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
8122 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
8123 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
8124 "Minimum Instruction Length");
8126 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
8127 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
8128 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
8129 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
8130 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
8131 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
8132 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
8133 "Special Opcode Base");
8135 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
8139 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
8140 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
8141 case DW_LNS_set_file:
8142 case DW_LNS_set_column:
8143 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
8151 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
8155 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
8156 output_file_names ();
8157 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
8159 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
8160 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
8161 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
8163 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
8164 a series of state machine operations. */
8168 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
8169 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
8171 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
8172 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
8174 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
8177 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
8178 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
8181 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
8182 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
8183 that anything after the last address is this line. */
8184 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8185 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
8189 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
8191 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
8192 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
8193 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
8194 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
8195 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
8196 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
8198 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
8201 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
8202 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8203 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8204 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8208 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
8209 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
8210 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8211 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8212 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8213 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8216 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8218 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8219 different from the previous line. */
8220 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8222 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8224 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8227 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8228 that uses the least amount of space. */
8229 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8231 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8232 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8233 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8234 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8235 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
8236 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
8238 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8239 "line %lu", current_line);
8242 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
8243 depending on the value being encoded. */
8244 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8245 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8246 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8247 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8251 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
8252 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8255 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8258 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8259 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8260 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8264 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8265 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8267 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
8270 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8271 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8272 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8277 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
8279 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8280 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
8283 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8284 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8285 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
8286 && line_info->function == function)
8290 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8291 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8292 to handle it differently. */
8293 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
8295 if (function != line_info->function)
8297 function = line_info->function;
8299 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8300 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8301 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8302 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8303 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8307 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8310 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8311 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8312 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8316 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8317 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8318 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8319 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8323 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8325 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8326 different from the previous line. */
8327 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8329 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8331 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8334 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8335 that uses the least amount of space. */
8336 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8338 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8339 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8340 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8341 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8342 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8343 "line %lu", current_line);
8346 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8347 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8348 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8349 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8353 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8361 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8362 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8363 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8368 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8369 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8372 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8373 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8374 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8378 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8379 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8380 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8381 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8384 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8385 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8386 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8387 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8391 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8392 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8395 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8396 a DIE that describes the given type.
8398 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8399 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8402 base_type_die (tree type)
8404 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8405 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8407 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8410 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8413 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
8415 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8416 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8418 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8420 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8421 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8423 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8427 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
8428 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
8430 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8433 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
8434 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8435 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed;
8437 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed;
8440 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8441 a user defined type for it. */
8443 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8444 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8446 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8450 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8451 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8455 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8459 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8461 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8462 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
8463 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
8465 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8466 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8467 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8469 return base_type_result;
8472 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8473 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8476 is_base_type (tree type)
8478 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8484 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
8492 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8497 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8510 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8511 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8512 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8513 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8516 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8517 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8519 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8520 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8521 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8523 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8524 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8526 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8529 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8530 emitted as a subrange type. */
8533 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8535 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8537 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8538 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8539 or an enumeral type. */
8541 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8542 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8545 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8546 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8549 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8550 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8551 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8552 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8553 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8554 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8555 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8556 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8558 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8559 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8560 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8561 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8562 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8563 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8564 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8565 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8566 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8567 keep checking the actual size. */
8568 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8569 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8571 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8572 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8574 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8575 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8577 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8584 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8585 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8588 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8590 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8591 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8593 if (context_die == NULL)
8594 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8596 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8598 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
8600 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8601 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8602 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8605 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8606 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8607 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8608 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8609 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8610 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8612 return subrange_die;
8615 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8616 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8619 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8620 dw_die_ref context_die)
8622 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8623 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
8624 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8625 tree item_type = NULL;
8626 tree qualified_type;
8629 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
8632 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8635 = get_qualified_type (type,
8636 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8637 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8639 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8642 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8644 return mod_type_die;
8647 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
8649 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8650 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
8652 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
8654 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8656 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8657 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8658 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8660 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8661 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8662 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8663 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8664 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
8665 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8666 type to which it refers. */
8667 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
8668 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8670 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8675 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8676 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8678 else if (is_volatile_type)
8680 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8681 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8683 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8685 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8686 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8687 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8688 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8690 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8692 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8693 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8694 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8695 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8697 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8699 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8700 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8702 else if (is_base_type (type))
8703 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8706 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8708 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8709 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8710 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8711 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8712 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8714 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8715 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8717 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8718 not the main variant. */
8719 return lookup_type_die (type);
8722 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8723 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8724 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8726 && (TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL || TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type))
8728 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8729 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8730 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8731 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8732 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8733 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8737 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
8740 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8741 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8742 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8743 types are possible in Ada. */
8744 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8745 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8746 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8749 if (sub_die != NULL)
8750 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8752 return mod_type_die;
8755 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8756 an enumerated type. */
8759 type_is_enum (tree type)
8761 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8764 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8767 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8769 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8771 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8773 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8774 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8776 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8778 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8782 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8785 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8786 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8787 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8790 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8792 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8794 if (*list_head != NULL)
8796 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8797 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8800 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8801 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8805 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8806 zero if there is none. */
8808 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8809 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
8813 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8816 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8818 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8819 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized);
8821 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized);
8824 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8825 a given hard register number. */
8827 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8828 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized)
8830 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr;
8832 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8834 reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8836 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8837 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
8839 return reg_loc_descr;
8842 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8843 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8845 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8846 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs,
8847 enum var_init_status initialized)
8851 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8854 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8855 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8857 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8859 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8862 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8863 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8865 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8866 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8868 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8875 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg),
8876 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
8877 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8878 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8884 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8886 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8888 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8891 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8895 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)),
8896 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
8897 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8898 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8899 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8902 if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8903 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
8907 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8909 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8910 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8912 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8914 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8915 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8919 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8922 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8924 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8934 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8936 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8937 || i >= -0x80000000)
8943 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8946 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8948 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8949 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
8950 enum var_init_status initialized)
8953 dw_loc_descr_ref result;
8955 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8956 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8957 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8958 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8959 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8961 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8965 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
8967 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
8968 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
8970 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8971 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8972 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
8974 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8978 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8980 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8982 result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8984 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
8985 add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
8990 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8993 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8995 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8996 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8997 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8998 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
9001 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N locations
9002 used to form the address of a memory location. */
9004 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9005 concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum machine_mode mode,
9006 enum var_init_status initialized)
9009 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9010 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
9012 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9014 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
9015 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
9017 ref = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9021 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
9022 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
9025 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9026 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9028 return cc_loc_result;
9031 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
9032 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
9033 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
9034 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
9036 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
9037 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
9038 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
9039 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
9041 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
9042 autoincrement addressing modes.
9044 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
9045 location list for RTL.
9047 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
9049 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9050 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode,
9051 enum var_init_status initialized)
9053 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
9054 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9056 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
9057 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
9058 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
9059 zeroth element of the array. */
9061 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9063 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9068 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
9069 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
9071 /* ... fall through ... */
9074 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9075 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9076 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9077 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9078 contains the given subreg. */
9079 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9081 /* ... fall through ... */
9084 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
9085 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
9086 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
9087 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
9088 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
9089 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
9090 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
9091 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
9092 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
9093 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
9094 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
9095 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
9096 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
9097 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
9098 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9102 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
9103 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9104 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
9105 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
9109 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9111 /* ... fall through ... */
9114 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
9115 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
9119 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
9120 by a different symbol. */
9121 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
9124 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
9126 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
9129 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
9130 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
9135 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
9136 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
9137 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
9138 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
9143 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9144 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9145 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9146 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
9150 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
9152 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9157 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
9159 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
9160 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
9161 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
9162 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
9164 /* ... fall through ... */
9168 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
9169 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
9170 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
9171 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9174 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
9175 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9176 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
9179 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
9180 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
9181 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
9182 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9183 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
9186 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
9187 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
9188 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED));
9189 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
9190 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9195 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
9196 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
9215 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
9216 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9217 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
9218 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9220 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
9223 mem_loc_result = op0;
9224 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
9225 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9230 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
9234 mem_loc_result = concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode,
9235 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9242 if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9243 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9245 return mem_loc_result;
9248 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
9249 This is typically a complex variable. */
9251 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9252 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized)
9254 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9255 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9256 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9258 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
9261 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
9262 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
9264 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
9265 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
9267 if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9268 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9270 return cc_loc_result;
9273 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
9276 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9277 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized)
9280 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9281 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
9283 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9285 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
9286 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
9288 ref = loc_descriptor (x, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9292 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
9293 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
9296 if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)
9297 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0));
9299 return cc_loc_result;
9302 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
9303 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
9304 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
9305 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
9306 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
9308 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
9310 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9311 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized)
9313 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
9315 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9318 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9319 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9320 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9321 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9322 contains the given subreg. */
9323 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
9325 /* ... fall through ... */
9328 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
9332 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
9337 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1),
9342 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized);
9347 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
9349 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), initialized);
9353 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9358 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9359 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9360 enum machine_mode mode;
9363 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9364 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
9366 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9367 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9368 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9370 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9372 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
9374 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
9375 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9376 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9388 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9389 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9390 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9391 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9392 the value of LOC. */
9394 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9395 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
9397 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
9398 int have_address = 0;
9399 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9401 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9402 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9405 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9410 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9411 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9412 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9413 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9414 the names of types. */
9420 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9421 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9422 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9423 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9424 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9428 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9432 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9433 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9436 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9440 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9441 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9444 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9445 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9446 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9449 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9450 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9455 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9456 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9459 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9460 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9461 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9463 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9464 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9472 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9473 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9480 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9482 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9484 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9486 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9487 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9488 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9489 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9491 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9493 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9495 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9496 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9497 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9501 enum machine_mode mode;
9503 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9504 if (want_address == 2)
9505 return loc_descriptor (rtl, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9507 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9510 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9513 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9519 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9524 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9528 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9529 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9531 case GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT:
9532 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (GENERIC_TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
9538 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9541 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9542 enum machine_mode mode;
9544 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9546 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9547 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9552 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9554 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9557 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9559 /* Variable offset. */
9560 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9561 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9564 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9566 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9567 else if (bytepos < 0)
9569 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9570 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9578 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9579 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9586 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9587 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9588 enum machine_mode mode;
9590 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9592 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9593 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9594 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED);
9599 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9600 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9605 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9611 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9616 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9618 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9619 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9627 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9629 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9630 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9643 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9646 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR:
9648 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9649 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9651 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9655 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9656 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9657 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9667 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9674 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9681 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9688 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9703 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9704 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9705 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9708 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9709 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9712 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9726 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9730 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9736 const enum tree_code code =
9737 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9739 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9740 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9741 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9742 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9745 /* ... fall through ... */
9749 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9750 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9751 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9752 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9753 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9755 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9756 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9759 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9760 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9762 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9763 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9764 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9766 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9767 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9768 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9770 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9771 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9772 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9773 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9774 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9778 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9782 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9783 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9784 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9785 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9788 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9789 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9790 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9793 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9794 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9799 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9800 if (want_address && !have_address)
9803 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9804 if (!want_address && have_address && ret)
9806 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9808 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9810 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9813 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9815 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9821 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9822 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9824 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9827 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9828 which is not less than the value itself. */
9830 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9831 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9833 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9836 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9837 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9838 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9842 field_type (tree decl)
9846 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9847 return integer_type_node;
9849 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9850 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9851 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9856 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9857 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9858 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9860 static inline unsigned
9861 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9863 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9866 static inline unsigned
9867 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9869 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9872 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
9874 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9875 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
9877 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
9878 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
9879 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
9880 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
9881 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
9887 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
9890 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9891 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9892 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9893 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9894 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9897 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9898 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9900 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9901 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9903 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9906 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9908 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9909 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9910 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9911 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9914 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9916 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
9917 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS)
9920 tree field_size_tree;
9921 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9922 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9923 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9924 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9925 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9927 type = field_type (decl);
9928 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9930 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9931 a flexible array member. */
9932 if (! field_size_tree)
9933 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9935 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9936 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9937 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9939 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9941 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9942 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9943 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9945 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
9946 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
9947 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
9948 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
9949 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
9950 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
9951 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
9952 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
9953 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9955 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9957 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
9958 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
9959 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
9960 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
9961 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
9962 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
9963 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
9964 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
9965 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
9966 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
9967 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
9969 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
9970 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
9971 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
9972 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
9973 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
9974 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
9975 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
9976 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9977 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
9978 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
9981 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
9982 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
9983 must have believed that the containing object started (within
9984 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
9985 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
9986 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
9987 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9989 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
9990 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9991 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9993 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
9994 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
9996 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9998 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
10000 object_offset_in_bits
10001 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
10003 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
10005 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
10007 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
10008 object_offset_in_bits
10009 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
10014 object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int;
10016 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10019 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
10020 associated with them. */
10022 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
10024 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
10025 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
10026 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
10029 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
10030 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
10033 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
10036 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
10037 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
10038 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
10039 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
10040 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
10041 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
10044 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10045 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10046 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10047 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
10048 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
10049 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
10050 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
10051 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
10052 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
10053 function below.) */
10056 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10058 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
10059 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
10061 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
10063 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
10064 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
10066 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
10067 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
10068 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
10069 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
10071 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
10073 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
10075 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
10077 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
10078 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
10079 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10081 /* Extract the vtable address. */
10082 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
10083 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10085 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
10086 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
10087 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
10089 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
10090 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10091 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
10092 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10094 /* Extract the offset. */
10095 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
10096 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10098 /* Add it to the object address. */
10099 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
10100 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
10103 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
10106 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
10110 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
10112 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
10113 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
10114 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
10116 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10117 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
10118 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
10122 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
10125 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
10128 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
10131 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
10134 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
10138 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
10144 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
10146 static HOST_WIDE_INT
10147 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
10149 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
10155 val |= *--src & 0xff;
10161 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
10164 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
10166 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv;
10170 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
10171 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
10173 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
10174 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
10176 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
10181 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
10182 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
10183 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
10184 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
10185 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
10188 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
10190 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
10194 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
10197 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
10199 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
10204 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
10205 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
10206 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
10207 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
10209 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
10211 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
10213 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
10214 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
10216 insert_float (rtl, array);
10217 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
10221 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
10222 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
10224 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
10225 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
10232 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
10233 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
10234 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
10235 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
10239 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
10241 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
10242 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
10244 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
10245 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
10247 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
10255 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
10256 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
10260 gcc_unreachable ();
10263 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10264 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
10267 unsigned char *p0 = p;
10268 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
10270 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
10271 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10276 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
10277 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
10282 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
10283 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
10285 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
10286 insert_float (elt, p);
10291 gcc_unreachable ();
10294 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
10299 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
10305 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
10306 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
10310 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
10311 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
10312 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
10313 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
10314 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
10315 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
10316 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
10317 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
10318 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
10319 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
10320 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
10324 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
10325 gcc_unreachable ();
10330 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
10331 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
10334 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
10335 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10337 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! GIMPLE_STMT_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
10338 *walk_subtrees = 0;
10340 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
10341 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
10343 else if (!flag_unit_at_a_time)
10345 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
10346 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
10347 gcc_unreachable ();
10348 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
10350 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
10354 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
10355 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
10357 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node (*tp);
10365 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
10366 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
10369 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
10371 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
10373 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
10374 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
10375 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10377 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
10378 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10379 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
10381 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
10383 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
10384 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
10385 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
10386 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
10387 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
10388 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
10389 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
10391 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
10393 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
10395 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
10396 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
10397 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
10399 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
10400 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
10401 reference variables which won't be output. */
10402 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
10403 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
10405 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
10407 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
10408 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
10414 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
10417 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
10421 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10422 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10423 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10425 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10426 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10427 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10428 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10429 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10430 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10431 referenced within the function.
10433 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10434 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10435 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10436 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10438 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10439 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10440 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10441 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10442 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10443 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10445 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10446 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10447 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10448 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10449 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10450 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10451 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10452 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10453 output at debug-time.
10455 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10456 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10457 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10458 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10459 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10460 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10461 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10462 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10463 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10464 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10465 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10466 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10467 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10469 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10470 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10471 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10472 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10473 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10474 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10475 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10476 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10477 I'd like to fix it.
10479 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10480 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10481 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10482 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10483 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10484 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10485 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10486 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10487 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10488 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10489 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10491 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10492 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10494 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10495 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10496 fixed registers. */
10497 if (! reload_completed)
10500 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10502 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10504 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10505 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10507 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10512 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10514 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10516 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10517 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10518 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10519 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10521 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10522 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10523 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10524 if (dmode == pmode)
10525 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10526 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10527 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10528 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10530 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10533 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10535 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10536 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10537 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10538 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10545 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10546 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10547 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10548 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10549 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10550 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10552 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10553 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10554 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10555 /* Not passed in memory. */
10556 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10557 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10558 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10559 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10560 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10561 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10562 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10565 /* Big endian correction check. */
10566 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10567 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10568 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10571 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10572 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10574 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10575 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10578 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10581 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10582 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10584 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10585 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10587 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10588 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10589 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10590 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10591 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10592 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10594 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10595 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10598 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10599 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10600 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10601 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10602 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10605 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10607 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10608 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10609 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10611 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10616 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10617 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10618 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10619 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10620 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10621 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10623 static const char *
10624 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10626 const char *secname;
10628 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10630 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10631 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10633 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10635 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10636 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10638 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
10639 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10641 secname = text_section_label;
10646 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10647 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10648 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10649 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10650 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10651 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10652 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10653 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10654 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10655 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10658 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10659 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10662 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10663 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10664 struct var_loc_node *node;
10665 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10668 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10669 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10671 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10672 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10674 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10676 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10678 const char *endname, *secname;
10679 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10681 enum var_init_status initialized;
10683 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10684 actually construct the list of locations.
10685 The first location information is what is passed to the
10686 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10687 locations just get added on to that list.
10688 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10689 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10690 the range [current location start, next location start].
10691 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10692 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10694 node = loc_list->first;
10695 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10696 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10698 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note))
10699 initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10701 initialized = VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED;
10703 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc, initialized),
10704 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10707 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10708 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10710 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10711 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10712 enum var_init_status initialized =
10713 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10714 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10715 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10716 loc_descriptor (varloc, initialized),
10717 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10720 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10721 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10722 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10724 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10725 enum var_init_status initialized =
10726 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10728 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10729 if (!current_function_decl)
10730 endname = text_end_label;
10733 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10734 current_function_funcdef_no);
10735 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10737 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10738 loc_descriptor (varloc, initialized),
10739 node->label, endname, secname);
10742 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10743 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10747 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10750 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10751 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10753 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10757 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10758 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10759 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10760 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10762 enum var_init_status status;
10763 node = loc_list->first;
10764 status = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->var_loc_note);
10765 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note), status);
10768 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10773 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10774 description from the tree. */
10775 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10778 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10781 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10782 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10783 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die, decl);
10786 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10787 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10788 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10791 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10793 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10794 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10797 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10802 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10804 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10807 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10808 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10809 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10810 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10813 static dw_loc_list_ref
10814 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10817 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10819 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10820 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10822 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10824 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10828 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10829 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10830 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10831 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10833 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10835 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10836 advance opcodes. */
10837 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10838 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10840 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10841 last_label = start_label;
10843 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10844 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10846 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
10847 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10848 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10849 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10850 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10852 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10853 start_label, last_label, section,
10856 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10857 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10858 start_label = last_label;
10860 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10863 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10864 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10865 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10866 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10867 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10868 if it were to be required. */
10869 gcc_unreachable ();
10872 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10876 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10878 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10879 start_label, last_label, section,
10881 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10882 start_label = last_label;
10884 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
10885 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section,
10891 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10892 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10893 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10894 before the latter is negated. */
10897 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10901 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10902 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10903 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10905 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10906 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10909 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10910 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10912 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10913 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10915 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10916 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10918 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
10921 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10922 the value of the attribute. */
10925 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10927 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10929 if (demangle_name_func)
10930 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10932 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10936 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10939 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10941 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10943 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd));
10946 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10947 a representation for that bound. */
10950 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10952 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10957 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10959 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10960 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10961 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10962 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10963 /* Use the default. */
10966 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10971 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10972 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10973 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10983 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10985 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10986 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10987 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10988 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10989 later parameter. */
10990 if (decl_die != NULL)
10991 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10997 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10998 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
11000 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
11001 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
11003 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
11007 if (current_function_decl == 0)
11008 ctx = comp_unit_die;
11010 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
11012 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
11013 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11014 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
11015 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
11017 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
11023 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
11024 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
11027 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
11029 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11030 unsigned dimension_number;
11033 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
11035 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
11036 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
11037 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
11038 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
11039 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
11040 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
11041 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
11042 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
11044 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11045 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11046 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11047 gen_array_type_die. */
11048 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11049 for (dimension_number = 0;
11050 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
11051 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
11054 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
11056 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
11057 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
11059 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
11062 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
11063 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
11064 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
11066 /* Define the index type. */
11067 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
11069 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
11070 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
11071 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
11072 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
11073 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
11074 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
11075 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
11078 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
11082 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
11083 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
11085 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
11086 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
11087 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
11089 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
11091 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
11094 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
11095 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
11101 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
11105 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
11110 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11113 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11114 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
11117 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
11118 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
11119 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
11120 even for bit-fields. */
11121 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
11124 gcc_unreachable ();
11127 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
11128 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
11129 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
11130 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
11131 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
11134 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
11135 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
11136 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
11139 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
11140 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
11141 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
11142 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
11143 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
11144 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
11146 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
11147 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
11148 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
11151 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11153 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
11154 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
11155 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
11156 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
11157 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
11158 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
11160 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
11161 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
11163 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
11164 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
11165 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
11166 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
11167 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
11170 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
11172 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
11173 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
11174 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
11175 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
11176 below must take account of these differences. */
11177 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
11178 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
11180 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
11182 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
11183 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
11187 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
11188 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
11189 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
11191 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
11194 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
11195 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
11198 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11200 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
11201 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
11202 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
11204 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
11205 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
11208 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
11209 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
11212 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
11214 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
11215 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
11216 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
11219 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
11220 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
11224 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
11226 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
11228 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
11230 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
11231 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
11232 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
11234 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
11235 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
11239 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
11241 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
11243 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
11246 if (DECL_P (origin))
11247 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
11248 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
11249 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
11251 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
11252 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
11253 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
11254 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
11255 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
11256 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
11257 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
11261 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
11264 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
11267 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
11269 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
11271 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11273 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
11274 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
11275 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
11276 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
11279 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
11280 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11281 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11282 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
11286 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
11289 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11291 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11293 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
11294 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11297 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
11298 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
11301 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11305 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
11306 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
11308 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
11309 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11310 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
11312 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
11313 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11314 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
11315 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11316 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
11317 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
11318 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
11321 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11322 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11323 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11324 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11326 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
11327 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11328 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11333 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
11336 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
11338 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
11341 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
11344 pop_decl_scope (void)
11346 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
11349 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
11350 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
11351 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
11352 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
11353 the current active scope. */
11356 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
11358 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
11359 tree containing_scope;
11362 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
11363 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
11365 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
11367 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
11368 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
11370 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
11373 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11376 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
11377 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
11378 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
11379 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
11380 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11382 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
11383 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11384 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
11386 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
11387 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
11388 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
11389 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
11390 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
11395 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11396 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
11398 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
11399 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11402 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
11405 scope_die = context_die;
11410 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
11413 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11415 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
11416 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
11417 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11423 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
11424 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
11427 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11429 return (context_die
11430 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
11431 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
11432 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
11435 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11436 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11437 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11440 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
11441 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
11443 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
11444 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
11446 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
11447 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11448 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11449 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11450 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE)
11451 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
11452 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
11454 if (code == ERROR_MARK
11455 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11456 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11457 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11458 || code == VOID_TYPE)
11461 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
11462 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
11463 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
11466 if (type_die != NULL)
11467 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
11470 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11471 function call type. */
11473 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
11475 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
11477 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
11479 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11480 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11481 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11482 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11485 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11486 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11487 was declared without a tag. */
11489 static const char *
11490 type_tag (tree type)
11492 const char *name = 0;
11494 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11498 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11499 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11500 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11502 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11503 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11505 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11506 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11508 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
11509 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
11510 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
11511 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
11512 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11513 name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2);
11516 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11517 if (!name && t != 0)
11518 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11521 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11524 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11525 for bit field types. */
11528 member_declared_type (tree member)
11530 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11531 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11534 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11535 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11538 static const char *
11539 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11542 const char *fnname;
11544 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11545 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11548 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11550 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11555 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11556 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11557 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11560 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11562 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11563 dw_die_ref array_die;
11566 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11567 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11568 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11569 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11570 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11573 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11574 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11575 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11577 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11579 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11580 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11581 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11582 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11586 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11587 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11588 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11589 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11590 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11591 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11592 for multidimensional arrays. */
11593 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11596 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11597 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11598 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11599 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11600 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11603 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11605 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11606 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11608 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11609 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11610 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11611 add_subscript_info. */
11612 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11613 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11614 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11616 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11619 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11621 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
11622 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
11627 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11629 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11630 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11632 if (origin != NULL)
11633 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11636 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11637 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11638 0, 0, context_die);
11641 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11642 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11644 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11648 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11649 emit full debugging info for them. */
11652 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11656 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11657 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11660 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11663 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11665 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11667 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11668 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11669 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11672 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11675 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11677 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11679 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11680 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11681 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11684 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11687 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11689 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11691 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11692 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11693 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11696 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11697 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11698 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11702 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11704 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11706 if (type_die == NULL)
11708 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11709 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11710 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11711 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11713 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11716 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11718 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11719 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11720 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11721 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11725 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11726 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11727 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11728 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11730 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11731 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11732 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11733 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11735 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11736 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11738 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11739 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11741 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11742 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11744 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11745 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11746 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11747 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11748 values as if they were signed. That means that
11749 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11750 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11751 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11752 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11756 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11758 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
11759 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
11764 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11765 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11768 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11769 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11770 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11771 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11772 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11773 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11774 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11775 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11778 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11780 dw_die_ref parm_die
11781 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11784 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11786 case tcc_declaration:
11787 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11788 if (origin != NULL)
11789 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11792 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11793 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11794 TREE_READONLY (node),
11795 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11797 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11798 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11801 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11802 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11803 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11808 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11809 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11813 gcc_unreachable ();
11819 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11820 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11823 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11825 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11828 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11829 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11830 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11831 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11834 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11837 tree formal_type = NULL;
11838 tree first_parm_type;
11841 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11843 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11844 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11849 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11851 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11852 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11853 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11855 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11857 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11858 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11861 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11862 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11863 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11864 && link == first_parm_type)
11865 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11866 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11868 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11870 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11873 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11874 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11875 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11876 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11878 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11879 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11880 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11881 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11882 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11883 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11886 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11887 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11888 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11889 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11890 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11893 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11895 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11897 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11898 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11899 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11900 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11902 dw_die_ref type_die;
11903 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11905 push_decl_scope (type);
11906 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11907 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11908 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11909 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11911 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11912 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11913 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11914 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11915 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11917 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11918 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11922 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11928 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11929 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11932 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11934 dw_die_ref old_die;
11936 struct function *save_cfun;
11938 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11940 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11941 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11943 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11944 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11945 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11948 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11949 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11950 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11952 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11954 gen_type_die_for_member
11955 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11958 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11959 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11961 current_function_decl = decl;
11962 cfun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl);
11964 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11965 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11966 if (! was_abstract)
11967 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11969 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11973 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11974 htab_traverse_resize().
11976 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11977 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11979 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11985 die = lookup_type_die (type);
11987 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
11991 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11993 premark_used_types (void)
11995 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
11996 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
11999 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
12003 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12005 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12006 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12007 dw_die_ref subr_die;
12010 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12011 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
12012 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
12014 premark_used_types ();
12016 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
12017 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
12018 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
12019 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
12020 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
12022 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
12023 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
12026 gcc_assert (!old_die);
12029 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
12030 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
12031 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
12032 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12033 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12034 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12035 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
12037 if (origin != NULL)
12039 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
12041 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
12042 inline function. */
12043 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
12044 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
12046 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
12047 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
12051 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
12052 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
12054 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
12055 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
12056 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
12057 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
12058 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12060 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
12061 something we have already output. */
12065 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
12066 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
12067 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
12068 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
12069 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
12070 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
12071 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
12072 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
12073 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12074 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
12075 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
12076 == (unsigned) s.line))))
12078 subr_die = old_die;
12080 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
12081 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
12082 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
12083 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
12084 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
12085 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12086 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
12090 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
12091 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
12092 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
12093 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12094 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
12095 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
12100 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
12102 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
12103 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12105 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
12106 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12108 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
12109 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
12110 0, 0, context_die);
12113 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12114 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12115 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12117 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12118 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12119 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12120 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12125 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12127 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12129 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
12130 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
12131 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
12132 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
12134 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
12135 later reused to represent definition. */
12136 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
12139 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12141 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
12143 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
12144 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
12146 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
12150 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
12151 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
12153 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
12156 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
12158 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
12160 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
12162 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
12163 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
12165 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
12167 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
12168 current_function_funcdef_no);
12169 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
12170 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
12171 current_function_funcdef_no);
12172 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
12174 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
12175 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12178 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
12179 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
12180 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
12182 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
12183 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
12184 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
12185 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
12187 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
12188 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12189 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
12193 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12194 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
12195 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
12198 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
12200 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
12201 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
12202 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
12203 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
12204 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
12205 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
12206 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
12208 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
12209 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
12210 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
12211 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
12213 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
12214 if (list->dw_loc_next)
12215 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
12217 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
12220 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
12221 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
12222 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
12223 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
12224 by this displacement. */
12225 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
12227 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
12228 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
12229 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
12232 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
12233 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
12234 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
12235 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
12236 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
12237 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
12238 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
12239 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
12240 an ellipsis at the end. */
12242 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
12243 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
12244 its formal parameters. */
12245 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12247 else if (declaration)
12248 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
12251 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
12252 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
12255 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
12256 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
12257 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
12258 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12260 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
12261 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
12262 "__builtin_va_alist"))
12263 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
12265 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
12268 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
12269 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
12270 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
12271 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
12272 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
12273 parameters at all. */
12274 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12275 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
12277 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
12278 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
12279 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
12281 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12282 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
12285 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
12286 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
12287 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
12289 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
12290 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
12291 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
12292 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
12293 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
12294 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
12295 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
12297 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
12298 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
12299 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
12300 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
12301 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
12302 constructor function. */
12303 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
12305 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
12306 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
12307 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
12309 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
12310 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
12312 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
12313 if (current_function_has_inlines)
12315 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12316 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
12318 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12319 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
12324 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
12325 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
12329 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
12332 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12334 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12335 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
12337 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12338 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
12339 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
12340 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
12341 might end up being no definition anywhere in
12342 the program. For example, consider the C++
12346 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
12351 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
12353 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
12354 definition is required, so the compiler will
12355 not emit a definition. */
12356 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
12357 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12358 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
12360 if (origin != NULL)
12361 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
12363 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
12364 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
12366 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
12367 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
12370 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
12372 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
12373 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
12374 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
12376 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
12377 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
12379 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
12380 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
12381 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
12383 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
12384 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
12386 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
12387 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12389 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
12390 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
12395 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
12396 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
12397 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12399 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
12400 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12402 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12403 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12405 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12406 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12407 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12408 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12412 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12414 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
12415 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
12417 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12419 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
12420 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
12423 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
12426 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
12429 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12431 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12432 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
12434 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12436 if (origin != NULL)
12437 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
12439 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
12441 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12442 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
12445 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
12447 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12448 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12449 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12453 && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
12455 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12456 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12457 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12458 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12459 it if it ever does happen. */
12460 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
12462 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
12463 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12468 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12469 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12470 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12473 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12475 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
12477 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
12478 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
12482 /* If STMT's abstract origin is a function declaration and STMT's
12483 first subblock's abstract origin is the function's outermost block,
12484 then we're looking at the main entry point. */
12486 is_inlined_entry_point (tree stmt)
12490 if (!stmt || TREE_CODE (stmt) != BLOCK)
12493 decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12495 if (!decl || TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL)
12498 block = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12502 if (TREE_CODE (block) != BLOCK)
12505 block = block_ultimate_origin (block);
12508 return block == DECL_INITIAL (decl);
12511 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12512 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12515 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12517 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12519 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
12523 if (is_inlined_entry_point (stmt))
12525 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12526 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12527 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label);
12530 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
12532 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
12535 add_ranges (chain);
12536 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
12543 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12544 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12545 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12546 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
12547 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12548 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
12552 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12555 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12557 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12559 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12560 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12562 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12565 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12568 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12570 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12572 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12573 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12574 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12575 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12576 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12578 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12580 dw_die_ref subr_die
12581 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12583 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12584 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12585 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12587 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12588 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12591 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12592 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12593 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12594 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12595 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12596 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12597 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12598 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12599 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12600 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12601 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12603 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12606 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12609 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12611 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12613 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12616 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12617 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12618 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12619 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12622 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12624 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12625 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12626 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12629 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12630 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12632 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12633 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12635 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12636 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12637 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12638 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12640 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12641 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12645 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12646 Use modified_type_die instead.
12647 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12648 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12651 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12654 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12656 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12657 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12658 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12661 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12662 Use modified_type_die instead.
12663 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12664 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12667 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12670 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12672 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12673 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12674 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12678 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12681 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12684 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12685 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12687 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12688 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12689 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12690 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12693 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12696 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12699 char producer[250];
12700 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12703 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12707 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12708 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12709 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
12710 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12713 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12715 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12716 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12717 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12718 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12719 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12720 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12721 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12722 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12723 strcat (producer, " -g");
12726 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12728 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12729 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12730 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12731 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12732 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12733 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12734 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12735 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12736 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12737 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12738 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12739 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12740 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12741 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
12742 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12743 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
12745 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12747 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12751 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12754 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12756 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12758 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12759 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12761 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12762 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12764 if (access == access_public_node)
12765 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12766 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12767 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12770 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12773 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12776 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12779 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12780 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12781 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12782 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12783 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12784 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12785 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12786 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12787 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12788 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12789 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12791 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12794 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12798 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12799 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12800 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12801 : access_public_node), context_die);
12804 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12805 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12807 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12808 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12809 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12810 do put them in the right order. */
12812 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12814 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12816 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12819 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12820 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12822 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12823 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12826 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12828 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12830 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12834 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12835 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12836 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12839 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
12840 enum debug_info_usage usage)
12842 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12843 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12845 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12846 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12847 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12848 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12849 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
12851 if (type_die && ! complete)
12854 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12855 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12856 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12859 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12861 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12862 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12864 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12866 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12867 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12869 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12871 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12873 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12876 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12878 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12879 then give a list of members. */
12880 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12882 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12883 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12884 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12885 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12886 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12887 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12889 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12890 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12891 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12892 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12894 push_decl_scope (type);
12895 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12898 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12899 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12901 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12903 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12904 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12905 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12910 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12912 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12913 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12914 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12915 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12918 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
12919 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
12922 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12925 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12927 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12928 dw_die_ref subr_die
12929 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12930 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12932 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12933 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12934 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12935 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12937 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
12938 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
12941 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12944 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12946 dw_die_ref type_die;
12949 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12952 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12953 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12954 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12955 if (origin != NULL)
12956 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12961 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12962 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12964 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12966 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12967 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12970 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12972 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12973 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12976 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12977 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12979 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
12980 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
12983 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12986 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
12987 enum debug_info_usage usage)
12991 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12994 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12995 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12997 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13000 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
13001 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
13003 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
13004 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
13008 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
13009 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
13010 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
13011 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
13012 cloned type itself). */
13013 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
13014 type = type_main_variant (type);
13016 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13019 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
13025 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
13026 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
13027 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
13028 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
13029 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
13031 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
13033 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
13034 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
13035 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13036 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
13040 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
13041 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
13042 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
13043 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
13045 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
13046 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13047 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
13049 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
13051 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
13054 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
13055 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
13056 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13057 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
13058 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
13062 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
13063 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
13064 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
13065 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
13069 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
13073 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
13076 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
13079 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
13080 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
13081 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
13082 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
13083 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
13084 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
13085 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
13086 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
13087 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13088 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13090 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
13092 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13095 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
13096 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13097 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13102 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
13106 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
13108 /* This might have been written out by the call to
13109 declare_in_namespace. */
13110 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
13111 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
13114 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
13119 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
13120 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
13121 when appropriate. */
13127 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE:
13130 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
13134 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
13138 gcc_unreachable ();
13141 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
13145 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13147 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
13150 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
13153 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
13155 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
13158 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
13159 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
13160 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
13162 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
13164 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
13165 an instance of an unresolved type. */
13167 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
13172 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
13173 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
13177 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
13181 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
13182 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
13186 gcc_unreachable ();
13190 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
13191 things which are local to the given block. */
13194 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
13196 int must_output_die = 0;
13199 enum tree_code origin_code;
13201 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
13202 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
13205 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
13206 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
13207 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
13208 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
13212 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
13213 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
13218 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
13219 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
13220 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
13221 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
13222 the current block. */
13223 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
13224 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
13226 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
13228 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
13229 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
13230 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
13231 must_output_die = 1;
13234 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
13235 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
13236 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
13237 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
13238 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
13239 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
13240 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
13241 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
13243 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
13244 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
13245 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13246 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
13247 as being a "significant" one. */
13248 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
13249 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
13250 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
13251 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
13253 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
13254 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
13255 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
13256 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13257 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13258 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13260 must_output_die = 1;
13266 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
13267 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
13268 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
13269 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
13270 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
13271 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
13272 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
13273 if (must_output_die)
13275 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
13276 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
13278 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
13281 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
13284 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
13285 all of its sub-blocks. */
13288 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
13293 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
13294 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
13297 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
13299 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
13300 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
13301 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
13302 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
13303 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13307 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
13308 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13309 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
13310 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13314 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
13315 add_child_die (context_die, die);
13316 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
13317 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
13318 in varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
13319 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
13322 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13326 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
13327 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13330 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
13331 therein) of this block. */
13332 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
13334 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
13335 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
13338 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
13341 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
13343 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
13346 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
13347 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
13348 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
13349 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
13350 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
13351 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
13357 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
13360 force_decl_die (tree decl)
13362 dw_die_ref decl_die;
13363 unsigned saved_external_flag;
13364 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
13365 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13368 dw_die_ref context_die;
13369 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13372 /* Find die that represents this context. */
13373 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
13374 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
13376 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
13379 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13381 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13385 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13387 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13388 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
13389 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
13390 declaration die. */
13391 save_fn = current_function_decl;
13392 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
13393 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13394 current_function_decl = save_fn;
13398 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
13399 gen_decl_die() call. */
13400 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
13401 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
13402 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13403 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
13406 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13407 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13411 gcc_unreachable ();
13414 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
13416 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13417 gcc_assert (decl_die);
13423 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
13424 always returned. */
13427 force_type_die (tree type)
13429 dw_die_ref type_die;
13431 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13434 dw_die_ref context_die;
13435 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13437 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13438 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13440 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13443 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13445 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13448 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
13449 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13450 gcc_assert (type_die);
13455 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
13456 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
13459 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13461 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
13462 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
13463 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13464 /* Force out the namespace. */
13465 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
13467 return context_die;
13470 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
13471 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
13473 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
13474 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
13477 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13479 dw_die_ref ns_context;
13481 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13484 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
13485 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
13486 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
13487 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
13490 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
13492 if (ns_context != context_die)
13494 if (DECL_P (thing))
13495 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
13497 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
13501 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
13504 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
13506 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
13508 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
13509 they are an alias of. */
13510 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
13512 /* Output a real namespace. */
13513 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13514 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
13515 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13516 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13520 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13522 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13523 dw_die_ref origin_die
13524 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13526 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13527 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13528 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
13529 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13530 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
13531 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13535 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13538 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
13542 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13545 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13551 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13552 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13555 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13556 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13557 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13558 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
13559 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
13564 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13565 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13566 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13567 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13570 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13571 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13572 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13574 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13575 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13576 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
13577 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
13578 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
13579 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13580 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13581 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13582 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13584 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
13585 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
13588 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13589 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13591 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13592 have described its return type. */
13593 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
13595 /* And its virtual context. */
13596 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13597 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13599 /* And its containing type. */
13600 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13601 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13602 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13604 /* And its containing namespace. */
13605 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13608 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13609 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13613 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13614 actual typedefs. */
13615 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13618 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13619 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13620 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13621 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13622 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13623 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13624 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13626 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13630 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13631 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13633 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13634 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13638 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13639 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13644 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13645 variable declarations or definitions. */
13646 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13649 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13651 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13653 /* And its containing type. */
13654 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13655 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13656 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13658 /* And its containing namespace. */
13659 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13661 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13662 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13663 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13665 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13666 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13667 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13669 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13673 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13674 anonymous unions and structs. */
13675 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13676 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13677 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13679 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13680 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13685 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13686 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13689 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13690 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13694 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13695 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13700 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13701 compilation proper has finished. */
13704 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13706 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13707 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13708 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13709 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13710 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13711 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13714 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13715 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13717 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13720 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13723 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13726 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13728 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13729 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13730 expanded_location xloc;
13732 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13737 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13738 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13741 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13742 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13744 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13745 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13747 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
13749 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13752 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13754 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13755 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13757 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
13758 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13760 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13764 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13765 if (!at_import_die)
13767 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13768 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13769 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13771 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13772 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13774 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13775 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13777 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
13778 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
13780 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13783 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13785 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13786 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13788 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13792 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13793 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13794 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13796 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13798 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13799 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
13800 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13801 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13804 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13807 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13809 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13811 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13816 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13817 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13818 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13819 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13820 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13821 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13822 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13823 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13824 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13825 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13826 with the definition of the function.
13828 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13829 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13830 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13831 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13832 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13833 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13834 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13835 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13836 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13837 that they *are* definitions).
13839 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13840 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13841 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13842 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13843 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13844 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13847 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13848 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13849 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13850 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13851 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13852 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13853 context_die = NULL;
13857 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13858 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13859 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13860 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13861 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13862 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13863 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13864 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13865 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13868 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13869 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13870 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13872 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13873 variable declarations or definitions. */
13874 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13878 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13879 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13881 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13886 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13887 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13890 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13891 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13892 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13894 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13895 comparisons have. */
13897 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13898 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13899 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13904 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13905 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13908 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13909 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13910 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13911 context_die = NULL;
13919 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13922 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13923 a lexical block. */
13926 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13927 unsigned int blocknum)
13929 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13930 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13933 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13937 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13939 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13940 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13943 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13944 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13946 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13947 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13948 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13951 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13955 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13956 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13957 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13963 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
13966 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
13968 const struct dwarf_file_data * p1 = p1_p;
13969 const char * p2 = p2_p;
13970 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
13974 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
13976 const struct dwarf_file_data * p = p_p;
13977 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
13980 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13981 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13982 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13983 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13984 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13985 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13986 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13987 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13988 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13991 static struct dwarf_file_data *
13992 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13995 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
13997 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13998 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13999 if (file_table_last_lookup
14000 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
14001 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
14002 return file_table_last_lookup;
14004 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
14005 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
14006 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
14010 created = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct dwarf_file_data));
14011 created->filename = file_name;
14012 created->emitted_number = 0;
14017 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
14018 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
14019 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
14020 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
14021 types, which may include filenames. */
14024 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
14026 if (! fd->emitted_number)
14028 if (last_emitted_file)
14029 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
14031 fd->emitted_number = 1;
14032 last_emitted_file = fd;
14034 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14036 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
14037 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
14038 remap_debug_filename (fd->filename));
14039 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
14043 return fd->emitted_number;
14046 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
14047 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
14048 our lookup table. */
14051 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
14053 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
14054 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
14056 static rtx last_insn;
14057 static const char *last_label;
14060 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
14062 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
14064 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
14065 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
14066 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
14068 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
14069 && last_insn == prev_insn
14070 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
14071 && NOTE_KIND (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
14073 newloc->label = last_label;
14077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
14078 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
14080 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
14082 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
14083 newloc->next = NULL;
14085 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
14086 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
14088 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
14090 last_insn = loc_note;
14091 last_label = newloc->label;
14092 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
14093 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
14096 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
14097 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
14098 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
14099 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
14102 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
14104 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
14106 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
14107 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
14109 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
14112 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
14113 and record information relating to this source line, in
14114 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
14117 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
14119 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
14122 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
14124 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
14126 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
14127 if (flag_debug_asm)
14128 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
14131 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14133 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
14134 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
14136 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
14137 line_info_table_in_use++;
14139 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
14141 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
14142 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
14143 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
14144 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
14146 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
14147 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
14148 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
14150 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14151 separate_line_info_table
14152 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
14153 separate_line_info_table_allocated
14154 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
14155 memset (separate_line_info_table
14156 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
14158 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
14159 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
14162 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
14164 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
14165 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
14166 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
14167 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
14171 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
14173 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
14174 line_info_table_in_use);
14176 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
14177 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
14179 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14181 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
14182 (line_info_table_allocated
14183 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
14184 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
14185 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
14188 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
14189 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
14190 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
14191 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
14196 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
14199 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
14201 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14203 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
14204 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
14206 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
14207 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename));
14210 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14212 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
14214 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14215 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
14216 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
14219 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
14223 /* Record the end of a source file. */
14226 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14228 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14229 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
14230 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
14232 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14234 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14235 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
14239 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
14240 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
14241 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
14244 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
14245 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14247 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14249 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14250 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
14251 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
14252 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
14256 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
14257 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
14258 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
14261 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
14262 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14264 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14266 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14267 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
14268 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
14269 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
14273 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
14276 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14278 /* Allocate the file_table. */
14279 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
14280 file_table_eq, NULL);
14282 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
14283 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
14284 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
14286 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
14287 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
14288 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
14290 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
14291 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
14293 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
14294 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
14295 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
14296 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14297 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
14298 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
14300 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
14301 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
14302 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
14303 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
14305 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
14306 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
14308 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
14309 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
14310 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
14312 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
14313 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
14314 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
14315 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
14316 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
14317 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
14318 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
14320 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
14322 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
14324 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
14325 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14326 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
14327 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14328 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
14329 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14330 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
14331 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14332 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
14333 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14334 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
14335 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14336 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
14337 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14338 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14339 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
14340 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14342 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
14343 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
14344 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
14345 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14346 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
14347 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14349 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14350 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
14351 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14352 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14353 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
14354 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14355 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14357 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
14358 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14359 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
14360 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14361 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
14362 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14363 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14364 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
14365 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
14366 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
14367 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14368 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
14370 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14372 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14373 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
14374 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14375 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
14378 switch_to_section (text_section);
14379 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
14380 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14382 cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section ();
14383 switch_to_section (cold_text_section);
14384 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
14388 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
14389 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
14392 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14394 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
14396 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
14398 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
14399 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
14400 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
14406 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14407 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
14410 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
14414 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
14415 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
14417 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14419 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
14420 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
14423 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
14429 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
14432 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
14433 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
14436 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
14441 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14443 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
14445 /* A reference to another DIE.
14446 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
14447 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
14449 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
14450 accounts properly for it. */
14451 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14452 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
14457 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
14458 to DIE's children. */
14461 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
14465 if (die->die_mark == 0)
14467 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
14470 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
14471 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
14472 if (die->die_parent)
14473 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
14475 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
14476 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14478 /* If this node is a specification,
14479 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
14480 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
14481 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
14484 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
14486 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
14487 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
14490 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
14491 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
14492 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
14493 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
14495 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14500 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
14503 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
14507 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
14511 switch (die->die_tag)
14513 case DW_TAG_const_type:
14514 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
14515 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
14516 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
14517 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
14518 case DW_TAG_typedef:
14519 case DW_TAG_array_type:
14520 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
14521 case DW_TAG_union_type:
14522 case DW_TAG_class_type:
14523 case DW_TAG_friend:
14524 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
14525 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
14526 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
14527 case DW_TAG_string_type:
14528 case DW_TAG_set_type:
14529 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
14530 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
14531 case DW_TAG_file_type:
14532 if (die->die_perennial_p)
14535 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14539 /* Mark everything else. */
14545 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14546 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14548 /* Mark children. */
14549 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14552 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
14556 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
14561 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14562 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14564 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
14566 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
14567 twice in the hash table. */
14569 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
14572 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
14573 htab_hash_string (s->str),
14575 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
14581 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14584 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
14588 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
14589 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
14591 if (! die->die_child)
14594 c = die->die_child;
14596 dw_die_ref prev = c;
14597 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
14598 if (c == die->die_child)
14600 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
14602 /* No marked children at all. */
14603 die->die_child = NULL;
14606 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
14607 die->die_child = prev;
14612 if (c != prev->die_sib)
14614 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
14615 } while (c != die->die_child);
14619 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14622 prune_unused_types (void)
14625 limbo_die_node *node;
14628 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14629 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
14630 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
14631 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14632 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
14633 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14635 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14636 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
14637 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14638 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
14640 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14641 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14642 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
14643 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
14644 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
14645 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
14647 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
14648 if (debug_str_hash)
14649 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
14650 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14651 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14652 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14654 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14655 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14656 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14657 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14660 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
14663 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
14666 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
14667 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
14675 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14676 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14679 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14681 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14682 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14684 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14685 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14686 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, remap_debug_filename (filename));
14687 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
14688 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14689 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14692 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
14694 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14697 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14698 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14699 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14700 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14702 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14704 next_node = node->next;
14707 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14709 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14712 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14713 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14715 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14716 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14717 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14720 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14721 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14722 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14723 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14724 this to be a child of the containing function.
14726 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14727 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14728 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14729 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14730 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14732 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14734 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14735 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14736 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14737 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14739 gcc_assert (context
14740 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
14741 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
14743 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14745 add_child_die (origin, die);
14747 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14752 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14754 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14755 emit full debugging info for them. */
14756 retry_incomplete_types ();
14758 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14759 prune_unused_types ();
14761 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14762 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14763 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14764 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14766 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14767 that have children. */
14768 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14769 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14770 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14772 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14773 switch_to_section (text_section);
14774 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14775 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14777 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14778 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14781 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14783 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
14785 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14786 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14791 unsigned fde_idx = 0;
14793 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14794 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
14795 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
14796 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
14797 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
14798 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx);
14799 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14801 add_AT_range_list (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_ranges,
14802 add_ranges_by_labels (text_section_label,
14804 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14805 add_ranges_by_labels (cold_text_section_label,
14808 for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++)
14810 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx];
14812 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
14814 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
14815 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label);
14816 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
14817 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label);
14820 add_ranges_by_labels (fde->dw_fde_begin,
14827 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14828 if (have_location_lists)
14830 /* Output the location lists info. */
14831 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
14832 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14833 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14834 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14835 output_location_lists (die);
14838 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14839 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14840 debug_line_section_label);
14842 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14843 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14845 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14846 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14847 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14848 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14850 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14852 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14853 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14854 output_abbrev_section ();
14856 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14857 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
14859 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
14860 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
14863 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14864 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
14865 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
14867 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
14868 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
14872 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14873 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14874 if (fde_table_in_use)
14876 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
14880 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14881 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14883 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
14884 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14888 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14889 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14890 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14891 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14892 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
14893 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
14894 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14896 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14897 output_line_info ();
14900 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14901 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14903 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14907 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14909 if (debug_str_hash)
14910 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14914 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14915 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14917 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14919 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"